mirror/freebsd
1
0
Fork 0
mirror of https://git.FreeBSD.org/src.git synced 2024-12-20 11:11:24 +00:00
Code Issues Releases Activity
9d4f526475
freebsd/sys/kern/subr_witness.c

1222 lines
31 KiB
C
Raw Normal View History

Major update to the way synchronization is done in the kernel. Highlights include: * Mutual exclusion is used instead of spl*(). See mutex(9). (Note: The alpha port is still in transition and currently uses both.) * Per-CPU idle processes. * Interrupts are run in their own separate kernel threads and can be preempted (i386 only). Partially contributed by: BSDi (BSD/OS) Submissions by (at least): cp, dfr, dillon, grog, jake, jhb, sheldonh
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
/*-
* Copyright (c) 1998 Berkeley Software Design, Inc. All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
* are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
* documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3. Berkeley Software Design Inc's name may not be used to endorse or
* promote products derived from this software without specific prior
* written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY BERKELEY SOFTWARE DESIGN INC ``AS IS'' AND
* ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
* ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL BERKELEY SOFTWARE DESIGN INC BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
* OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
* HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
* LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
* OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
* SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* from BSDI $Id: mutex_witness.c,v 1.1.2.20 2000/04/27 03:10:27 cp Exp $
- Make the mutex code almost completely machine independent. This greatly reducues the maintenance load for the mutex code. The only MD portions of the mutex code are in machine/mutex.h now, which include the assembly macros for handling mutexes as well as optionally overriding the mutex micro-operations. For example, we use optimized micro-ops on the x86 platform #ifndef I386_CPU. - Change the behavior of the SMP_DEBUG kernel option. In the new code, mtx_assert() only depends on INVARIANTS, allowing other kernel developers to have working mutex assertiions without having to include all of the mutex debugging code. The SMP_DEBUG kernel option has been renamed to MUTEX_DEBUG and now just controls extra mutex debugging code. - Abolish the ugly mtx_f hack. Instead, we dynamically allocate seperate mtx_debug structures on the fly in mtx_init, except for mutexes that are initiated very early in the boot process. These mutexes are declared using a special MUTEX_DECLARE() macro, and use a new flag MTX_COLD when calling mtx_init. This is still somewhat hackish, but it is less evil than the mtx_f filler struct, and the mtx struct is now the same size with and without mutex debugging code. - Add some micro-micro-operation macros for doing the actual atomic operations on the mutex mtx_lock field to make it easier for other archs to override/optimize mutex ops if needed. These new tiny ops also clean up the code in some places by replacing long atomic operation function calls that spanned 2-3 lines with a short 1-line macro call. - Don't call mi_switch() from mtx_enter_hard() when we block while trying to obtain a sleep mutex. Calling mi_switch() would bogusly release Giant before switching to the next process. Instead, inline most of the code from mi_switch() in the mtx_enter_hard() function. Note that when we finally kill Giant we can back this out and go back to calling mi_switch().
2000-10-20 07:26:37 +00:00
* and BSDI $Id: synch_machdep.c,v 2.3.2.39 2000/04/27 03:10:25 cp Exp $
Major update to the way synchronization is done in the kernel. Highlights include: * Mutual exclusion is used instead of spl*(). See mutex(9). (Note: The alpha port is still in transition and currently uses both.) * Per-CPU idle processes. * Interrupts are run in their own separate kernel threads and can be preempted (i386 only). Partially contributed by: BSDi (BSD/OS) Submissions by (at least): cp, dfr, dillon, grog, jake, jhb, sheldonh
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
* $FreeBSD$
*/
Change and clean the mutex lock interface. mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes: mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks) mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized) similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have: mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN. We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the extra `type' argument. The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind. Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two: MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers: mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN locks, respectively. Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used (i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we inline recursion for this case. Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared if WITNESS is enabled. Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the "optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently need those. Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code. Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
/*
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
* Implementation of the `witness' lock verifier. Originally implemented for
* mutexes in BSD/OS. Extended to handle generic lock objects and lock
* classes in FreeBSD.
Change and clean the mutex lock interface. mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes: mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks) mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized) similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have: mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN. We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the extra `type' argument. The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind. Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two: MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers: mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN locks, respectively. Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used (i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we inline recursion for this case. Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared if WITNESS is enabled. Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the "optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently need those. Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code. Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
*/
Major update to the way synchronization is done in the kernel. Highlights include: * Mutual exclusion is used instead of spl*(). See mutex(9). (Note: The alpha port is still in transition and currently uses both.) * Per-CPU idle processes. * Interrupts are run in their own separate kernel threads and can be preempted (i386 only). Partially contributed by: BSDi (BSD/OS) Submissions by (at least): cp, dfr, dillon, grog, jake, jhb, sheldonh
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
/*
* Main Entry: witness
* Pronunciation: 'wit-n&s
* Function: noun
* Etymology: Middle English witnesse, from Old English witnes knowledge,
* testimony, witness, from 2wit
* Date: before 12th century
* 1 : attestation of a fact or event : TESTIMONY
* 2 : one that gives evidence; specifically : one who testifies in
* a cause or before a judicial tribunal
* 3 : one asked to be present at a transaction so as to be able to
* testify to its having taken place
* 4 : one who has personal knowledge of something
* 5 a : something serving as evidence or proof : SIGN
* b : public affirmation by word or example of usually
* religious faith or conviction <the heroic witness to divine
* life -- Pilot>
* 6 capitalized : a member of the Jehovah's Witnesses
*/
Include the right headers to get the DDB #define and the db_active variable.
2000-11-15 22:08:16 +00:00
#include "opt_ddb.h"
- Use MUTEX_DECLARE() and MTX_COLD for the WITNESS code's internal mutex so it can function before malloc(9) is up and running. - Add two new options WITNESS_DDB and WITNESS_SKIPSPIN. If WITNESS_SKIPSPIN is enabled, then spin mutexes are ignored by the WITNESS code. If WITNESS_DDB is turned on and DDB is compiled into the kernel, then the kernel will drop into DDB when either a lock hierarchy violation occurs or mutexes are held when going to sleep. - Add some new sysctls: debug.witness_ddb is a read-write sysctl that corresponds to WITNESS_DDB. The kernel option merely changes the default value to on at boot. debug.witness_skipspin is a read-only sysctl that one can use to determine if the kernel was compiled with WITNESS_SKIPSPIN. - Wipe out the BSD/OS-specific lock order lists. We get to build our own lists now as we add mutexes to the kernel.
2000-10-27 02:59:30 +00:00
#include "opt_witness.h"
Major update to the way synchronization is done in the kernel. Highlights include: * Mutual exclusion is used instead of spl*(). See mutex(9). (Note: The alpha port is still in transition and currently uses both.) * Per-CPU idle processes. * Interrupts are run in their own separate kernel threads and can be preempted (i386 only). Partially contributed by: BSDi (BSD/OS) Submissions by (at least): cp, dfr, dillon, grog, jake, jhb, sheldonh
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
#include <sys/param.h>
- Make the mutex code almost completely machine independent. This greatly reducues the maintenance load for the mutex code. The only MD portions of the mutex code are in machine/mutex.h now, which include the assembly macros for handling mutexes as well as optionally overriding the mutex micro-operations. For example, we use optimized micro-ops on the x86 platform #ifndef I386_CPU. - Change the behavior of the SMP_DEBUG kernel option. In the new code, mtx_assert() only depends on INVARIANTS, allowing other kernel developers to have working mutex assertiions without having to include all of the mutex debugging code. The SMP_DEBUG kernel option has been renamed to MUTEX_DEBUG and now just controls extra mutex debugging code. - Abolish the ugly mtx_f hack. Instead, we dynamically allocate seperate mtx_debug structures on the fly in mtx_init, except for mutexes that are initiated very early in the boot process. These mutexes are declared using a special MUTEX_DECLARE() macro, and use a new flag MTX_COLD when calling mtx_init. This is still somewhat hackish, but it is less evil than the mtx_f filler struct, and the mtx struct is now the same size with and without mutex debugging code. - Add some micro-micro-operation macros for doing the actual atomic operations on the mutex mtx_lock field to make it easier for other archs to override/optimize mutex ops if needed. These new tiny ops also clean up the code in some places by replacing long atomic operation function calls that spanned 2-3 lines with a short 1-line macro call. - Don't call mi_switch() from mtx_enter_hard() when we block while trying to obtain a sleep mutex. Calling mi_switch() would bogusly release Giant before switching to the next process. Instead, inline most of the code from mi_switch() in the mtx_enter_hard() function. Note that when we finally kill Giant we can back this out and go back to calling mi_switch().
2000-10-20 07:26:37 +00:00
#include <sys/bus.h>
#include <sys/kernel.h>
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
#include <sys/ktr.h>
#include <sys/lock.h>
- Make the mutex code almost completely machine independent. This greatly reducues the maintenance load for the mutex code. The only MD portions of the mutex code are in machine/mutex.h now, which include the assembly macros for handling mutexes as well as optionally overriding the mutex micro-operations. For example, we use optimized micro-ops on the x86 platform #ifndef I386_CPU. - Change the behavior of the SMP_DEBUG kernel option. In the new code, mtx_assert() only depends on INVARIANTS, allowing other kernel developers to have working mutex assertiions without having to include all of the mutex debugging code. The SMP_DEBUG kernel option has been renamed to MUTEX_DEBUG and now just controls extra mutex debugging code. - Abolish the ugly mtx_f hack. Instead, we dynamically allocate seperate mtx_debug structures on the fly in mtx_init, except for mutexes that are initiated very early in the boot process. These mutexes are declared using a special MUTEX_DECLARE() macro, and use a new flag MTX_COLD when calling mtx_init. This is still somewhat hackish, but it is less evil than the mtx_f filler struct, and the mtx struct is now the same size with and without mutex debugging code. - Add some micro-micro-operation macros for doing the actual atomic operations on the mutex mtx_lock field to make it easier for other archs to override/optimize mutex ops if needed. These new tiny ops also clean up the code in some places by replacing long atomic operation function calls that spanned 2-3 lines with a short 1-line macro call. - Don't call mi_switch() from mtx_enter_hard() when we block while trying to obtain a sleep mutex. Calling mi_switch() would bogusly release Giant before switching to the next process. Instead, inline most of the code from mi_switch() in the mtx_enter_hard() function. Note that when we finally kill Giant we can back this out and go back to calling mi_switch().
2000-10-20 07:26:37 +00:00
#include <sys/malloc.h>
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
#include <sys/mutex.h>
Major update to the way synchronization is done in the kernel. Highlights include: * Mutual exclusion is used instead of spl*(). See mutex(9). (Note: The alpha port is still in transition and currently uses both.) * Per-CPU idle processes. * Interrupts are run in their own separate kernel threads and can be preempted (i386 only). Partially contributed by: BSDi (BSD/OS) Submissions by (at least): cp, dfr, dillon, grog, jake, jhb, sheldonh
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
#include <sys/proc.h>
- Use MUTEX_DECLARE() and MTX_COLD for the WITNESS code's internal mutex so it can function before malloc(9) is up and running. - Add two new options WITNESS_DDB and WITNESS_SKIPSPIN. If WITNESS_SKIPSPIN is enabled, then spin mutexes are ignored by the WITNESS code. If WITNESS_DDB is turned on and DDB is compiled into the kernel, then the kernel will drop into DDB when either a lock hierarchy violation occurs or mutexes are held when going to sleep. - Add some new sysctls: debug.witness_ddb is a read-write sysctl that corresponds to WITNESS_DDB. The kernel option merely changes the default value to on at boot. debug.witness_skipspin is a read-only sysctl that one can use to determine if the kernel was compiled with WITNESS_SKIPSPIN. - Wipe out the BSD/OS-specific lock order lists. We get to build our own lists now as we add mutexes to the kernel.
2000-10-27 02:59:30 +00:00
#include <sys/sysctl.h>
Major update to the way synchronization is done in the kernel. Highlights include: * Mutual exclusion is used instead of spl*(). See mutex(9). (Note: The alpha port is still in transition and currently uses both.) * Per-CPU idle processes. * Interrupts are run in their own separate kernel threads and can be preempted (i386 only). Partially contributed by: BSDi (BSD/OS) Submissions by (at least): cp, dfr, dillon, grog, jake, jhb, sheldonh
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
#include <sys/systm.h>
- Make the mutex code almost completely machine independent. This greatly reducues the maintenance load for the mutex code. The only MD portions of the mutex code are in machine/mutex.h now, which include the assembly macros for handling mutexes as well as optionally overriding the mutex micro-operations. For example, we use optimized micro-ops on the x86 platform #ifndef I386_CPU. - Change the behavior of the SMP_DEBUG kernel option. In the new code, mtx_assert() only depends on INVARIANTS, allowing other kernel developers to have working mutex assertiions without having to include all of the mutex debugging code. The SMP_DEBUG kernel option has been renamed to MUTEX_DEBUG and now just controls extra mutex debugging code. - Abolish the ugly mtx_f hack. Instead, we dynamically allocate seperate mtx_debug structures on the fly in mtx_init, except for mutexes that are initiated very early in the boot process. These mutexes are declared using a special MUTEX_DECLARE() macro, and use a new flag MTX_COLD when calling mtx_init. This is still somewhat hackish, but it is less evil than the mtx_f filler struct, and the mtx struct is now the same size with and without mutex debugging code. - Add some micro-micro-operation macros for doing the actual atomic operations on the mutex mtx_lock field to make it easier for other archs to override/optimize mutex ops if needed. These new tiny ops also clean up the code in some places by replacing long atomic operation function calls that spanned 2-3 lines with a short 1-line macro call. - Don't call mi_switch() from mtx_enter_hard() when we block while trying to obtain a sleep mutex. Calling mi_switch() would bogusly release Giant before switching to the next process. Instead, inline most of the code from mi_switch() in the mtx_enter_hard() function. Note that when we finally kill Giant we can back this out and go back to calling mi_switch().
2000-10-20 07:26:37 +00:00
Include the right headers to get the DDB #define and the db_active variable.
2000-11-15 22:08:16 +00:00
#include <ddb/ddb.h>
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
#define WITNESS_COUNT 200
#define WITNESS_CHILDCOUNT (WITNESS_COUNT * 4)
- Don't use a union and fun tricks to shave one extra pointer off of struct mtx right now as it makes debugging harder. When we are in optimizing mode, we can revisit this. - Fix the KTR trace messages to use %p rather than 0x%p to avoid duplicate 0x's in KTR output. - During witness_fixup, release Giant so that witness doesn't get confused. Also, grab all_mtx while walking the list of mutexes. - Remove w_sleep and w_recurse. Instead, perform checks on mutexes using the mutex's mtx_flags field. - Allow debug.witness_ddb and debug.witness_skipspin to be set from the loader. - Add Giant to the front of existing order_list entries to help ensure Giant is always first. - Add an order entry for the various proc locks. Note that this only helps keep proc in order mostly as the allproc and proctree mutexes are only obtained during a lockmgr operation on the specified mutex.
2001-01-24 10:57:01 +00:00
/*
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
* XXX: This is somewhat bogus, as we assume here that at most 1024 processes
* will hold LOCK_NCHILDREN * 2 locks. We handle failure ok, and we should
* probably be safe for the most part, but it's still a SWAG.
- Don't use a union and fun tricks to shave one extra pointer off of struct mtx right now as it makes debugging harder. When we are in optimizing mode, we can revisit this. - Fix the KTR trace messages to use %p rather than 0x%p to avoid duplicate 0x's in KTR output. - During witness_fixup, release Giant so that witness doesn't get confused. Also, grab all_mtx while walking the list of mutexes. - Remove w_sleep and w_recurse. Instead, perform checks on mutexes using the mutex's mtx_flags field. - Allow debug.witness_ddb and debug.witness_skipspin to be set from the loader. - Add Giant to the front of existing order_list entries to help ensure Giant is always first. - Add an order entry for the various proc locks. Note that this only helps keep proc in order mostly as the allproc and proctree mutexes are only obtained during a lockmgr operation on the specified mutex.
2001-01-24 10:57:01 +00:00
*/
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
#define LOCK_CHILDCOUNT (MAXCPU + 1024) * 2
- Don't use a union and fun tricks to shave one extra pointer off of struct mtx right now as it makes debugging harder. When we are in optimizing mode, we can revisit this. - Fix the KTR trace messages to use %p rather than 0x%p to avoid duplicate 0x's in KTR output. - During witness_fixup, release Giant so that witness doesn't get confused. Also, grab all_mtx while walking the list of mutexes. - Remove w_sleep and w_recurse. Instead, perform checks on mutexes using the mutex's mtx_flags field. - Allow debug.witness_ddb and debug.witness_skipspin to be set from the loader. - Add Giant to the front of existing order_list entries to help ensure Giant is always first. - Add an order entry for the various proc locks. Note that this only helps keep proc in order mostly as the allproc and proctree mutexes are only obtained during a lockmgr operation on the specified mutex.
2001-01-24 10:57:01 +00:00
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
#define WITNESS_NCHILDREN 6
Change and clean the mutex lock interface. mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes: mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks) mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized) similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have: mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN. We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the extra `type' argument. The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind. Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two: MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers: mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN locks, respectively. Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used (i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we inline recursion for this case. Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared if WITNESS is enabled. Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the "optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently need those. Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code. Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
struct witness_child_list_entry;
Remove MUTEX_DECLARE() and MTX_COLD. Instead, postpone full mutex initialization until after malloc() is safe to call, then iterate through all mutexes and complete their initialization. This change is necessary in order to avoid some circular bootstrapping dependencies.
2001-01-21 07:52:20 +00:00
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
struct witness {
const char *w_name;
struct lock_class *w_class;
STAILQ_ENTRY(witness) w_list; /* List of all witnesses. */
STAILQ_ENTRY(witness) w_typelist; /* Witnesses of a type. */
struct witness_child_list_entry *w_children; /* Great evilness... */
const char *w_file;
int w_line;
u_int w_level;
u_int w_refcount;
u_char w_Giant_squawked:1;
u_char w_other_squawked:1;
u_char w_same_squawked:1;
};
Remove MUTEX_DECLARE() and MTX_COLD. Instead, postpone full mutex initialization until after malloc() is safe to call, then iterate through all mutexes and complete their initialization. This change is necessary in order to avoid some circular bootstrapping dependencies.
2001-01-21 07:52:20 +00:00
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
struct witness_child_list_entry {
struct witness_child_list_entry *wcl_next;
struct witness *wcl_children[WITNESS_NCHILDREN];
u_int wcl_count;
};
Major update to the way synchronization is done in the kernel. Highlights include: * Mutual exclusion is used instead of spl*(). See mutex(9). (Note: The alpha port is still in transition and currently uses both.) * Per-CPU idle processes. * Interrupts are run in their own separate kernel threads and can be preempted (i386 only). Partially contributed by: BSDi (BSD/OS) Submissions by (at least): cp, dfr, dillon, grog, jake, jhb, sheldonh
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
STAILQ_HEAD(witness_list, witness);
Major update to the way synchronization is done in the kernel. Highlights include: * Mutual exclusion is used instead of spl*(). See mutex(9). (Note: The alpha port is still in transition and currently uses both.) * Per-CPU idle processes. * Interrupts are run in their own separate kernel threads and can be preempted (i386 only). Partially contributed by: BSDi (BSD/OS) Submissions by (at least): cp, dfr, dillon, grog, jake, jhb, sheldonh
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
struct witness_blessed {
const char *b_lock1;
const char *b_lock2;
Remove the mtx_t, witness_t, and witness_blessed_t types. Instead, just use struct mtx, struct witness, and struct witness_blessed. Requested by: bde
2000-09-14 20:15:16 +00:00
};
Major update to the way synchronization is done in the kernel. Highlights include: * Mutual exclusion is used instead of spl*(). See mutex(9). (Note: The alpha port is still in transition and currently uses both.) * Per-CPU idle processes. * Interrupts are run in their own separate kernel threads and can be preempted (i386 only). Partially contributed by: BSDi (BSD/OS) Submissions by (at least): cp, dfr, dillon, grog, jake, jhb, sheldonh
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
struct witness_order_list_entry {
const char *w_name;
struct lock_class *w_class;
Remove the mtx_t, witness_t, and witness_blessed_t types. Instead, just use struct mtx, struct witness, and struct witness_blessed. Requested by: bde
2000-09-14 20:15:16 +00:00
};
Major update to the way synchronization is done in the kernel. Highlights include: * Mutual exclusion is used instead of spl*(). See mutex(9). (Note: The alpha port is still in transition and currently uses both.) * Per-CPU idle processes. * Interrupts are run in their own separate kernel threads and can be preempted (i386 only). Partially contributed by: BSDi (BSD/OS) Submissions by (at least): cp, dfr, dillon, grog, jake, jhb, sheldonh
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
static struct witness *enroll(const char *description,
struct lock_class *lock_class);
static int itismychild(struct witness *parent, struct witness *child);
static void removechild(struct witness *parent, struct witness *child);
static int isitmychild(struct witness *parent, struct witness *child);
static int isitmydescendant(struct witness *parent, struct witness *child);
static int dup_ok(struct witness *);
static int blessed(struct witness *, struct witness *);
static void witness_display_list(void(*prnt)(const char *fmt, ...),
struct witness_list *list);
static void witness_displaydescendants(void(*)(const char *fmt, ...),
struct witness *);
static void witness_leveldescendents(struct witness *parent, int level);
static void witness_levelall(void);
static struct witness *witness_get(void);
static void witness_free(struct witness *m);
static struct witness_child_list_entry *witness_child_get(void);
static void witness_child_free(struct witness_child_list_entry *wcl);
static struct lock_list_entry *witness_lock_list_get(void);
static void witness_lock_list_free(struct lock_list_entry *lle);
static void witness_display(void(*)(const char *fmt, ...));
MALLOC_DEFINE(M_WITNESS, "witness", "witness structure");
static int witness_watch;
TUNABLE_INT_DECL("debug.witness_watch", 1, witness_watch);
SYSCTL_INT(_debug, OID_AUTO, witness_watch, CTLFLAG_RD, &witness_watch, 0, "");
- Use MUTEX_DECLARE() and MTX_COLD for the WITNESS code's internal mutex so it can function before malloc(9) is up and running. - Add two new options WITNESS_DDB and WITNESS_SKIPSPIN. If WITNESS_SKIPSPIN is enabled, then spin mutexes are ignored by the WITNESS code. If WITNESS_DDB is turned on and DDB is compiled into the kernel, then the kernel will drop into DDB when either a lock hierarchy violation occurs or mutexes are held when going to sleep. - Add some new sysctls: debug.witness_ddb is a read-write sysctl that corresponds to WITNESS_DDB. The kernel option merely changes the default value to on at boot. debug.witness_skipspin is a read-only sysctl that one can use to determine if the kernel was compiled with WITNESS_SKIPSPIN. - Wipe out the BSD/OS-specific lock order lists. We get to build our own lists now as we add mutexes to the kernel.
2000-10-27 02:59:30 +00:00
#ifdef DDB
Major update to the way synchronization is done in the kernel. Highlights include: * Mutual exclusion is used instead of spl*(). See mutex(9). (Note: The alpha port is still in transition and currently uses both.) * Per-CPU idle processes. * Interrupts are run in their own separate kernel threads and can be preempted (i386 only). Partially contributed by: BSDi (BSD/OS) Submissions by (at least): cp, dfr, dillon, grog, jake, jhb, sheldonh
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
/*
- Use MUTEX_DECLARE() and MTX_COLD for the WITNESS code's internal mutex so it can function before malloc(9) is up and running. - Add two new options WITNESS_DDB and WITNESS_SKIPSPIN. If WITNESS_SKIPSPIN is enabled, then spin mutexes are ignored by the WITNESS code. If WITNESS_DDB is turned on and DDB is compiled into the kernel, then the kernel will drop into DDB when either a lock hierarchy violation occurs or mutexes are held when going to sleep. - Add some new sysctls: debug.witness_ddb is a read-write sysctl that corresponds to WITNESS_DDB. The kernel option merely changes the default value to on at boot. debug.witness_skipspin is a read-only sysctl that one can use to determine if the kernel was compiled with WITNESS_SKIPSPIN. - Wipe out the BSD/OS-specific lock order lists. We get to build our own lists now as we add mutexes to the kernel.
2000-10-27 02:59:30 +00:00
* When DDB is enabled and witness_ddb is set to 1, it will cause the system to
Major update to the way synchronization is done in the kernel. Highlights include: * Mutual exclusion is used instead of spl*(). See mutex(9). (Note: The alpha port is still in transition and currently uses both.) * Per-CPU idle processes. * Interrupts are run in their own separate kernel threads and can be preempted (i386 only). Partially contributed by: BSDi (BSD/OS) Submissions by (at least): cp, dfr, dillon, grog, jake, jhb, sheldonh
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
* drop into kdebug() when:
* - a lock heirarchy violation occurs
* - locks are held when going to sleep.
*/
- Don't use a union and fun tricks to shave one extra pointer off of struct mtx right now as it makes debugging harder. When we are in optimizing mode, we can revisit this. - Fix the KTR trace messages to use %p rather than 0x%p to avoid duplicate 0x's in KTR output. - During witness_fixup, release Giant so that witness doesn't get confused. Also, grab all_mtx while walking the list of mutexes. - Remove w_sleep and w_recurse. Instead, perform checks on mutexes using the mutex's mtx_flags field. - Allow debug.witness_ddb and debug.witness_skipspin to be set from the loader. - Add Giant to the front of existing order_list entries to help ensure Giant is always first. - Add an order entry for the various proc locks. Note that this only helps keep proc in order mostly as the allproc and proctree mutexes are only obtained during a lockmgr operation on the specified mutex.
2001-01-24 10:57:01 +00:00
int witness_ddb;
- Use MUTEX_DECLARE() and MTX_COLD for the WITNESS code's internal mutex so it can function before malloc(9) is up and running. - Add two new options WITNESS_DDB and WITNESS_SKIPSPIN. If WITNESS_SKIPSPIN is enabled, then spin mutexes are ignored by the WITNESS code. If WITNESS_DDB is turned on and DDB is compiled into the kernel, then the kernel will drop into DDB when either a lock hierarchy violation occurs or mutexes are held when going to sleep. - Add some new sysctls: debug.witness_ddb is a read-write sysctl that corresponds to WITNESS_DDB. The kernel option merely changes the default value to on at boot. debug.witness_skipspin is a read-only sysctl that one can use to determine if the kernel was compiled with WITNESS_SKIPSPIN. - Wipe out the BSD/OS-specific lock order lists. We get to build our own lists now as we add mutexes to the kernel.
2000-10-27 02:59:30 +00:00
#ifdef WITNESS_DDB
- Don't use a union and fun tricks to shave one extra pointer off of struct mtx right now as it makes debugging harder. When we are in optimizing mode, we can revisit this. - Fix the KTR trace messages to use %p rather than 0x%p to avoid duplicate 0x's in KTR output. - During witness_fixup, release Giant so that witness doesn't get confused. Also, grab all_mtx while walking the list of mutexes. - Remove w_sleep and w_recurse. Instead, perform checks on mutexes using the mutex's mtx_flags field. - Allow debug.witness_ddb and debug.witness_skipspin to be set from the loader. - Add Giant to the front of existing order_list entries to help ensure Giant is always first. - Add an order entry for the various proc locks. Note that this only helps keep proc in order mostly as the allproc and proctree mutexes are only obtained during a lockmgr operation on the specified mutex.
2001-01-24 10:57:01 +00:00
TUNABLE_INT_DECL("debug.witness_ddb", 1, witness_ddb);
- Use MUTEX_DECLARE() and MTX_COLD for the WITNESS code's internal mutex so it can function before malloc(9) is up and running. - Add two new options WITNESS_DDB and WITNESS_SKIPSPIN. If WITNESS_SKIPSPIN is enabled, then spin mutexes are ignored by the WITNESS code. If WITNESS_DDB is turned on and DDB is compiled into the kernel, then the kernel will drop into DDB when either a lock hierarchy violation occurs or mutexes are held when going to sleep. - Add some new sysctls: debug.witness_ddb is a read-write sysctl that corresponds to WITNESS_DDB. The kernel option merely changes the default value to on at boot. debug.witness_skipspin is a read-only sysctl that one can use to determine if the kernel was compiled with WITNESS_SKIPSPIN. - Wipe out the BSD/OS-specific lock order lists. We get to build our own lists now as we add mutexes to the kernel.
2000-10-27 02:59:30 +00:00
#else
- Don't use a union and fun tricks to shave one extra pointer off of struct mtx right now as it makes debugging harder. When we are in optimizing mode, we can revisit this. - Fix the KTR trace messages to use %p rather than 0x%p to avoid duplicate 0x's in KTR output. - During witness_fixup, release Giant so that witness doesn't get confused. Also, grab all_mtx while walking the list of mutexes. - Remove w_sleep and w_recurse. Instead, perform checks on mutexes using the mutex's mtx_flags field. - Allow debug.witness_ddb and debug.witness_skipspin to be set from the loader. - Add Giant to the front of existing order_list entries to help ensure Giant is always first. - Add an order entry for the various proc locks. Note that this only helps keep proc in order mostly as the allproc and proctree mutexes are only obtained during a lockmgr operation on the specified mutex.
2001-01-24 10:57:01 +00:00
TUNABLE_INT_DECL("debug.witness_ddb", 0, witness_ddb);
Major update to the way synchronization is done in the kernel. Highlights include: * Mutual exclusion is used instead of spl*(). See mutex(9). (Note: The alpha port is still in transition and currently uses both.) * Per-CPU idle processes. * Interrupts are run in their own separate kernel threads and can be preempted (i386 only). Partially contributed by: BSDi (BSD/OS) Submissions by (at least): cp, dfr, dillon, grog, jake, jhb, sheldonh
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
#endif
- Use MUTEX_DECLARE() and MTX_COLD for the WITNESS code's internal mutex so it can function before malloc(9) is up and running. - Add two new options WITNESS_DDB and WITNESS_SKIPSPIN. If WITNESS_SKIPSPIN is enabled, then spin mutexes are ignored by the WITNESS code. If WITNESS_DDB is turned on and DDB is compiled into the kernel, then the kernel will drop into DDB when either a lock hierarchy violation occurs or mutexes are held when going to sleep. - Add some new sysctls: debug.witness_ddb is a read-write sysctl that corresponds to WITNESS_DDB. The kernel option merely changes the default value to on at boot. debug.witness_skipspin is a read-only sysctl that one can use to determine if the kernel was compiled with WITNESS_SKIPSPIN. - Wipe out the BSD/OS-specific lock order lists. We get to build our own lists now as we add mutexes to the kernel.
2000-10-27 02:59:30 +00:00
SYSCTL_INT(_debug, OID_AUTO, witness_ddb, CTLFLAG_RW, &witness_ddb, 0, "");
#endif /* DDB */
Major update to the way synchronization is done in the kernel. Highlights include: * Mutual exclusion is used instead of spl*(). See mutex(9). (Note: The alpha port is still in transition and currently uses both.) * Per-CPU idle processes. * Interrupts are run in their own separate kernel threads and can be preempted (i386 only). Partially contributed by: BSDi (BSD/OS) Submissions by (at least): cp, dfr, dillon, grog, jake, jhb, sheldonh
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
- Don't use a union and fun tricks to shave one extra pointer off of struct mtx right now as it makes debugging harder. When we are in optimizing mode, we can revisit this. - Fix the KTR trace messages to use %p rather than 0x%p to avoid duplicate 0x's in KTR output. - During witness_fixup, release Giant so that witness doesn't get confused. Also, grab all_mtx while walking the list of mutexes. - Remove w_sleep and w_recurse. Instead, perform checks on mutexes using the mutex's mtx_flags field. - Allow debug.witness_ddb and debug.witness_skipspin to be set from the loader. - Add Giant to the front of existing order_list entries to help ensure Giant is always first. - Add an order entry for the various proc locks. Note that this only helps keep proc in order mostly as the allproc and proctree mutexes are only obtained during a lockmgr operation on the specified mutex.
2001-01-24 10:57:01 +00:00
int witness_skipspin;
- Use MUTEX_DECLARE() and MTX_COLD for the WITNESS code's internal mutex so it can function before malloc(9) is up and running. - Add two new options WITNESS_DDB and WITNESS_SKIPSPIN. If WITNESS_SKIPSPIN is enabled, then spin mutexes are ignored by the WITNESS code. If WITNESS_DDB is turned on and DDB is compiled into the kernel, then the kernel will drop into DDB when either a lock hierarchy violation occurs or mutexes are held when going to sleep. - Add some new sysctls: debug.witness_ddb is a read-write sysctl that corresponds to WITNESS_DDB. The kernel option merely changes the default value to on at boot. debug.witness_skipspin is a read-only sysctl that one can use to determine if the kernel was compiled with WITNESS_SKIPSPIN. - Wipe out the BSD/OS-specific lock order lists. We get to build our own lists now as we add mutexes to the kernel.
2000-10-27 02:59:30 +00:00
#ifdef WITNESS_SKIPSPIN
- Don't use a union and fun tricks to shave one extra pointer off of struct mtx right now as it makes debugging harder. When we are in optimizing mode, we can revisit this. - Fix the KTR trace messages to use %p rather than 0x%p to avoid duplicate 0x's in KTR output. - During witness_fixup, release Giant so that witness doesn't get confused. Also, grab all_mtx while walking the list of mutexes. - Remove w_sleep and w_recurse. Instead, perform checks on mutexes using the mutex's mtx_flags field. - Allow debug.witness_ddb and debug.witness_skipspin to be set from the loader. - Add Giant to the front of existing order_list entries to help ensure Giant is always first. - Add an order entry for the various proc locks. Note that this only helps keep proc in order mostly as the allproc and proctree mutexes are only obtained during a lockmgr operation on the specified mutex.
2001-01-24 10:57:01 +00:00
TUNABLE_INT_DECL("debug.witness_skipspin", 1, witness_skipspin);
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
#else
TUNABLE_INT_DECL("debug.witness_skipspin", 0, witness_skipspin);
#endif
SYSCTL_INT(_debug, OID_AUTO, witness_skipspin, CTLFLAG_RD, &witness_skipspin, 0,
"");
Major update to the way synchronization is done in the kernel. Highlights include: * Mutual exclusion is used instead of spl*(). See mutex(9). (Note: The alpha port is still in transition and currently uses both.) * Per-CPU idle processes. * Interrupts are run in their own separate kernel threads and can be preempted (i386 only). Partially contributed by: BSDi (BSD/OS) Submissions by (at least): cp, dfr, dillon, grog, jake, jhb, sheldonh
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
static struct mtx w_mtx;
static struct witness_list w_free = STAILQ_HEAD_INITIALIZER(w_free);
static struct witness_list w_all = STAILQ_HEAD_INITIALIZER(w_all);
static struct witness_list w_spin = STAILQ_HEAD_INITIALIZER(w_spin);
static struct witness_list w_sleep = STAILQ_HEAD_INITIALIZER(w_sleep);
static struct witness_child_list_entry *w_child_free = NULL;
static struct lock_list_entry *w_lock_list_free = NULL;
static int witness_dead; /* fatal error, probably no memory */
static struct witness w_data[WITNESS_COUNT];
static struct witness_child_list_entry w_childdata[WITNESS_CHILDCOUNT];
static struct lock_list_entry w_locklistdata[LOCK_CHILDCOUNT];
static struct witness_order_list_entry order_lists[] = {
{ "Giant", &lock_class_mtx_sleep },
{ "proctree", &lock_class_sx },
{ "allproc", &lock_class_sx },
{ "process lock", &lock_class_mtx_sleep },
{ "uidinfo hash", &lock_class_mtx_sleep },
{ "uidinfo struct", &lock_class_mtx_sleep },
{ NULL, NULL },
- Add a comment at the start of the spin locks list. - The alpha SMP code uses an "ap boot" spinlock as well.
2001-04-13 08:31:38 +00:00
/*
* spin locks
*/
- Change the 'witness_list' ddb command to 'show mutexes'. Note that this will only display sleep mutexes held by the current process. - Clean up some nits in the witness_display() function and add a ddb command 'show witness' that dumps the hierarchy and order lists to the console. - Use queue(3) macros where appropriate. - Resort the spin lock order list so that "com" is before "sched_lock". Also, add appropriate #ifdef's around SMP and i386-specific mutexes. - Add two new mutexes used to protect the ithread lists and tables to the order list. Requested by: bde (1)
2001-02-09 15:19:41 +00:00
#if defined(__i386__) && defined (SMP)
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
{ "com", &lock_class_mtx_spin },
- Change the 'witness_list' ddb command to 'show mutexes'. Note that this will only display sleep mutexes held by the current process. - Clean up some nits in the witness_display() function and add a ddb command 'show witness' that dumps the hierarchy and order lists to the console. - Use queue(3) macros where appropriate. - Resort the spin lock order list so that "com" is before "sched_lock". Also, add appropriate #ifdef's around SMP and i386-specific mutexes. - Add two new mutexes used to protect the ithread lists and tables to the order list. Requested by: bde (1)
2001-02-09 15:19:41 +00:00
#endif
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
{ "sio", &lock_class_mtx_spin },
- Change the 'witness_list' ddb command to 'show mutexes'. Note that this will only display sleep mutexes held by the current process. - Clean up some nits in the witness_display() function and add a ddb command 'show witness' that dumps the hierarchy and order lists to the console. - Use queue(3) macros where appropriate. - Resort the spin lock order list so that "com" is before "sched_lock". Also, add appropriate #ifdef's around SMP and i386-specific mutexes. - Add two new mutexes used to protect the ithread lists and tables to the order list. Requested by: bde (1)
2001-02-09 15:19:41 +00:00
#ifdef __i386__
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
{ "cy", &lock_class_mtx_spin },
- Change the 'witness_list' ddb command to 'show mutexes'. Note that this will only display sleep mutexes held by the current process. - Clean up some nits in the witness_display() function and add a ddb command 'show witness' that dumps the hierarchy and order lists to the console. - Use queue(3) macros where appropriate. - Resort the spin lock order list so that "com" is before "sched_lock". Also, add appropriate #ifdef's around SMP and i386-specific mutexes. - Add two new mutexes used to protect the ithread lists and tables to the order list. Requested by: bde (1)
2001-02-09 15:19:41 +00:00
#endif
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
{ "ng_node", &lock_class_mtx_spin },
{ "ng_worklist", &lock_class_mtx_spin },
{ "ithread table lock", &lock_class_mtx_spin },
{ "ithread list lock", &lock_class_mtx_spin },
{ "sched lock", &lock_class_mtx_spin },
{ "clk", &lock_class_mtx_spin },
{ "callout", &lock_class_mtx_spin },
Major update to the way synchronization is done in the kernel. Highlights include: * Mutual exclusion is used instead of spl*(). See mutex(9). (Note: The alpha port is still in transition and currently uses both.) * Per-CPU idle processes. * Interrupts are run in their own separate kernel threads and can be preempted (i386 only). Partially contributed by: BSDi (BSD/OS) Submissions by (at least): cp, dfr, dillon, grog, jake, jhb, sheldonh
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
/*
* leaf locks
*/
- Change the 'witness_list' ddb command to 'show mutexes'. Note that this will only display sleep mutexes held by the current process. - Clean up some nits in the witness_display() function and add a ddb command 'show witness' that dumps the hierarchy and order lists to the console. - Use queue(3) macros where appropriate. - Resort the spin lock order list so that "com" is before "sched_lock". Also, add appropriate #ifdef's around SMP and i386-specific mutexes. - Add two new mutexes used to protect the ithread lists and tables to the order list. Requested by: bde (1)
2001-02-09 15:19:41 +00:00
#ifdef SMP
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
{ "ap boot", &lock_class_mtx_spin },
- Add a comment at the start of the spin locks list. - The alpha SMP code uses an "ap boot" spinlock as well.
2001-04-13 08:31:38 +00:00
#ifdef __i386__
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
{ "imen", &lock_class_mtx_spin },
Convert all simplelocks to mutexes and remove the simplelock implementations.
2001-01-24 12:35:55 +00:00
#endif
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
{ "smp rendezvous", &lock_class_mtx_spin },
- Change the 'witness_list' ddb command to 'show mutexes'. Note that this will only display sleep mutexes held by the current process. - Clean up some nits in the witness_display() function and add a ddb command 'show witness' that dumps the hierarchy and order lists to the console. - Use queue(3) macros where appropriate. - Resort the spin lock order list so that "com" is before "sched_lock". Also, add appropriate #ifdef's around SMP and i386-specific mutexes. - Add two new mutexes used to protect the ithread lists and tables to the order list. Requested by: bde (1)
2001-02-09 15:19:41 +00:00
#endif
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
{ NULL, NULL },
{ NULL, NULL }
Major update to the way synchronization is done in the kernel. Highlights include: * Mutual exclusion is used instead of spl*(). See mutex(9). (Note: The alpha port is still in transition and currently uses both.) * Per-CPU idle processes. * Interrupts are run in their own separate kernel threads and can be preempted (i386 only). Partially contributed by: BSDi (BSD/OS) Submissions by (at least): cp, dfr, dillon, grog, jake, jhb, sheldonh
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
};
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
static const char *dup_list[] = {
- Add an extra check in priority_propagation() for UP systems to ensure we don't end up back at ourselves which would indicate deadlock. - Add the proc lock to the witness dup_list as we may hold more than one process lock at a time. - Don't assert a mutex is owned in _mtx_unlock_sleep() as that is too late. We do the checks in the macros instead.
2001-03-07 02:45:15 +00:00
"process lock",
Major update to the way synchronization is done in the kernel. Highlights include: * Mutual exclusion is used instead of spl*(). See mutex(9). (Note: The alpha port is still in transition and currently uses both.) * Per-CPU idle processes. * Interrupts are run in their own separate kernel threads and can be preempted (i386 only). Partially contributed by: BSDi (BSD/OS) Submissions by (at least): cp, dfr, dillon, grog, jake, jhb, sheldonh
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
NULL
};
/*
* Pairs of locks which have been blessed
* Don't complain about order problems with blessed locks
*/
Remove the mtx_t, witness_t, and witness_blessed_t types. Instead, just use struct mtx, struct witness, and struct witness_blessed. Requested by: bde
2000-09-14 20:15:16 +00:00
static struct witness_blessed blessed_list[] = {
Major update to the way synchronization is done in the kernel. Highlights include: * Mutual exclusion is used instead of spl*(). See mutex(9). (Note: The alpha port is still in transition and currently uses both.) * Per-CPU idle processes. * Interrupts are run in their own separate kernel threads and can be preempted (i386 only). Partially contributed by: BSDi (BSD/OS) Submissions by (at least): cp, dfr, dillon, grog, jake, jhb, sheldonh
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
};
Change and clean the mutex lock interface. mtx_enter(lock, type) becomes: mtx_lock(lock) for sleep locks (MTX_DEF-initialized locks) mtx_lock_spin(lock) for spin locks (MTX_SPIN-initialized) similarily, for releasing a lock, we now have: mtx_unlock(lock) for MTX_DEF and mtx_unlock_spin(lock) for MTX_SPIN. We change the caller interface for the two different types of locks because the semantics are entirely different for each case, and this makes it explicitly clear and, at the same time, it rids us of the extra `type' argument. The enter->lock and exit->unlock change has been made with the idea that we're "locking data" and not "entering locked code" in mind. Further, remove all additional "flags" previously passed to the lock acquire/release routines with the exception of two: MTX_QUIET and MTX_NOSWITCH The functionality of these flags is preserved and they can be passed to the lock/unlock routines by calling the corresponding wrappers: mtx_{lock, unlock}_flags(lock, flag(s)) and mtx_{lock, unlock}_spin_flags(lock, flag(s)) for MTX_DEF and MTX_SPIN locks, respectively. Re-inline some lock acq/rel code; in the sleep lock case, we only inline the _obtain_lock()s in order to ensure that the inlined code fits into a cache line. In the spin lock case, we inline recursion and actually only perform a function call if we need to spin. This change has been made with the idea that we generally tend to avoid spin locks and that also the spin locks that we do have and are heavily used (i.e. sched_lock) do recurse, and therefore in an effort to reduce function call overhead for some architectures (such as alpha), we inline recursion for this case. Create a new malloc type for the witness code and retire from using the M_DEV type. The new type is called M_WITNESS and is only declared if WITNESS is enabled. Begin cleaning up some machdep/mutex.h code - specifically updated the "optimized" inlined code in alpha/mutex.h and wrote MTX_LOCK_SPIN and MTX_UNLOCK_SPIN asm macros for the i386/mutex.h as we presently need those. Finally, caught up to the interface changes in all sys code. Contributors: jake, jhb, jasone (in no particular order)
2001-02-09 06:11:45 +00:00
static int blessed_count =
sizeof(blessed_list) / sizeof(struct witness_blessed);
Major update to the way synchronization is done in the kernel. Highlights include: * Mutual exclusion is used instead of spl*(). See mutex(9). (Note: The alpha port is still in transition and currently uses both.) * Per-CPU idle processes. * Interrupts are run in their own separate kernel threads and can be preempted (i386 only). Partially contributed by: BSDi (BSD/OS) Submissions by (at least): cp, dfr, dillon, grog, jake, jhb, sheldonh
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
/*
* List of all locks in the system.
*/
STAILQ_HEAD(, lock_object) all_locks = STAILQ_HEAD_INITIALIZER(all_locks);
static struct mtx all_mtx = {
{ &lock_class_mtx_sleep, /* mtx_object.lo_class */
"All locks list", /* mtx_object.lo_name */
NULL, /* mtx_object.lo_file */
0, /* mtx_object.lo_line */
LO_INITIALIZED, /* mtx_object.lo_flags */
{ NULL }, /* mtx_object.lo_list */
NULL }, /* mtx_object.lo_witness */
MTX_UNOWNED, 0, /* mtx_lock, mtx_recurse */
0, /* mtx_savecrit */
TAILQ_HEAD_INITIALIZER(all_mtx.mtx_blocked),
{ NULL, NULL } /* mtx_contested */
};
/*
* This global is set to 0 once it becomes safe to use the witness code.
*/
static int witness_cold = 1;
Major update to the way synchronization is done in the kernel. Highlights include: * Mutual exclusion is used instead of spl*(). See mutex(9). (Note: The alpha port is still in transition and currently uses both.) * Per-CPU idle processes. * Interrupts are run in their own separate kernel threads and can be preempted (i386 only). Partially contributed by: BSDi (BSD/OS) Submissions by (at least): cp, dfr, dillon, grog, jake, jhb, sheldonh
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
/*
* Global variables for book keeping.
*/
static int lock_cur_cnt;
static int lock_max_cnt;
/*
* The WITNESS-enabled diagnostic code.
*/
Move most of sys/mutex.h into kern/kern_mutex.c, thereby making the mutex inline functions non-inlined. Hide parts of the mutex implementation that should not be exposed. Make sure that WITNESS code is not executed during boot until the mutexes are fully initialized by SI_SUB_MUTEX (the original motivation for this commit). Submitted by: peter
2001-01-21 22:34:43 +00:00
static void
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
witness_initialize(void *dummy __unused)
Major update to the way synchronization is done in the kernel. Highlights include: * Mutual exclusion is used instead of spl*(). See mutex(9). (Note: The alpha port is still in transition and currently uses both.) * Per-CPU idle processes. * Interrupts are run in their own separate kernel threads and can be preempted (i386 only). Partially contributed by: BSDi (BSD/OS) Submissions by (at least): cp, dfr, dillon, grog, jake, jhb, sheldonh
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
{
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
struct lock_object *lock;
struct witness_order_list_entry *order;
struct witness *w, *w1;
int i;
/*
* We have to release Giant before initializing its witness
* structure so that WITNESS doesn't get confused.
*/
mtx_unlock(&Giant);
mtx_assert(&Giant, MA_NOTOWNED);
STAILQ_INSERT_HEAD(&all_locks, &all_mtx.mtx_object, lo_list);
mtx_init(&w_mtx, "witness lock", MTX_SPIN | MTX_QUIET | MTX_NOWITNESS);
for (i = 0; i < WITNESS_COUNT; i++)
witness_free(&w_data[i]);
for (i = 0; i < WITNESS_CHILDCOUNT; i++)
witness_child_free(&w_childdata[i]);
for (i = 0; i < LOCK_CHILDCOUNT; i++)
witness_lock_list_free(&w_locklistdata[i]);
/* First add in all the specified order lists. */
for (order = order_lists; order->w_name != NULL; order++) {
w = enroll(order->w_name, order->w_class);
Check to see if enroll() returns NULL in the witness initialization. This can happen if witness runs out of resources during initialization or if witness_skipspin is enabled. Sleuthing by: Peter Jeremy <peter.jeremy@alcatel.com.au>
2001-04-17 03:35:38 +00:00
if (w == NULL)
continue;
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
w->w_file = "order list";
for (order++; order->w_name != NULL; order++) {
w1 = enroll(order->w_name, order->w_class);
Check to see if enroll() returns NULL in the witness initialization. This can happen if witness runs out of resources during initialization or if witness_skipspin is enabled. Sleuthing by: Peter Jeremy <peter.jeremy@alcatel.com.au>
2001-04-17 03:35:38 +00:00
if (w1 == NULL)
continue;
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
w1->w_file = "order list";
itismychild(w, w1);
w = w1;
Major update to the way synchronization is done in the kernel. Highlights include: * Mutual exclusion is used instead of spl*(). See mutex(9). (Note: The alpha port is still in transition and currently uses both.) * Per-CPU idle processes. * Interrupts are run in their own separate kernel threads and can be preempted (i386 only). Partially contributed by: BSDi (BSD/OS) Submissions by (at least): cp, dfr, dillon, grog, jake, jhb, sheldonh
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
}
}
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
/* Iterate through all locks and add them to witness. */
mtx_lock(&all_mtx);
STAILQ_FOREACH(lock, &all_locks, lo_list) {
if (lock->lo_flags & LO_WITNESS)
lock->lo_witness = enroll(lock->lo_name,
lock->lo_class);
else
lock->lo_witness = NULL;
}
mtx_unlock(&all_mtx);
/* Mark the witness code as being ready for use. */
atomic_store_rel_int(&witness_cold, 0);
mtx_lock(&Giant);
}
SYSINIT(witness_init, SI_SUB_WITNESS, SI_ORDER_FIRST, witness_initialize, NULL)
void
witness_init(struct lock_object *lock)
{
struct lock_class *class;
class = lock->lo_class;
if (lock->lo_flags & LO_INITIALIZED)
panic("%s: lock (%s) %s is already initialized!\n", __func__,
class->lc_name, lock->lo_name);
if ((lock->lo_flags & LO_RECURSABLE) != 0 &&
(class->lc_flags & LC_RECURSABLE) == 0)
panic("%s: lock (%s) %s can not be recursable!\n", __func__,
class->lc_name, lock->lo_name);
if ((lock->lo_flags & LO_SLEEPABLE) != 0 &&
(class->lc_flags & LC_SLEEPABLE) == 0)
panic("%s: lock (%s) %s can not be sleepable!\n", __func__,
class->lc_name, lock->lo_name);
mtx_lock(&all_mtx);
STAILQ_INSERT_TAIL(&all_locks, lock, lo_list);
lock->lo_flags |= LO_INITIALIZED;
lock_cur_cnt++;
if (lock_cur_cnt > lock_max_cnt)
lock_max_cnt = lock_cur_cnt;
mtx_unlock(&all_mtx);
if (!witness_cold && !witness_dead &&
(lock->lo_flags & LO_WITNESS) != 0)
lock->lo_witness = enroll(lock->lo_name, class);
else
lock->lo_witness = NULL;
}
void
witness_destroy(struct lock_object *lock)
{
Maintain a reference count on the witness struct. When the reference count drops to 0 in witness_destroy, set the w_name and w_file pointers to point to the string "(dead)" and the w_line field to 0. This way, if a mutex of a given name is used only in a module, then as long as all mutexes in the module are destroyed when the module is unloaded, witness will not maintain stale references to the mutex's name in the module's data section causing a panic later on when the w_name or w_file field's are examined.
2001-04-09 22:34:05 +00:00
struct witness *w;
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
if (witness_cold)
panic("lock (%s) %s destroyed while witness_cold",
lock->lo_class->lc_name, lock->lo_name);
if ((lock->lo_flags & LO_INITIALIZED) == 0)
panic("%s: lock (%s) %s is not initialized!\n", __func__,
lock->lo_class->lc_name, lock->lo_name);
if (lock->lo_flags & LO_LOCKED)
panic("lock (%s) %s destroyed while held",
lock->lo_class->lc_name, lock->lo_name);
Maintain a reference count on the witness struct. When the reference count drops to 0 in witness_destroy, set the w_name and w_file pointers to point to the string "(dead)" and the w_line field to 0. This way, if a mutex of a given name is used only in a module, then as long as all mutexes in the module are destroyed when the module is unloaded, witness will not maintain stale references to the mutex's name in the module's data section causing a panic later on when the w_name or w_file field's are examined.
2001-04-09 22:34:05 +00:00
w = lock->lo_witness;
if (w != NULL) {
mtx_lock_spin(&w_mtx);
w->w_refcount--;
if (w->w_refcount == 0) {
w->w_name = "(dead)";
w->w_file = "(dead)";
w->w_line = 0;
}
mtx_unlock_spin(&w_mtx);
}
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
mtx_lock(&all_mtx);
lock_cur_cnt--;
STAILQ_REMOVE(&all_locks, lock, lock_object, lo_list);
lock->lo_flags &= LO_INITIALIZED;
mtx_unlock(&all_mtx);
Major update to the way synchronization is done in the kernel. Highlights include: * Mutual exclusion is used instead of spl*(). See mutex(9). (Note: The alpha port is still in transition and currently uses both.) * Per-CPU idle processes. * Interrupts are run in their own separate kernel threads and can be preempted (i386 only). Partially contributed by: BSDi (BSD/OS) Submissions by (at least): cp, dfr, dillon, grog, jake, jhb, sheldonh
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
}
Move most of sys/mutex.h into kern/kern_mutex.c, thereby making the mutex inline functions non-inlined. Hide parts of the mutex implementation that should not be exposed. Make sure that WITNESS code is not executed during boot until the mutexes are fully initialized by SI_SUB_MUTEX (the original motivation for this commit). Submitted by: peter
2001-01-21 22:34:43 +00:00
static void
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
witness_display_list(void(*prnt)(const char *fmt, ...),
struct witness_list *list)
Move most of sys/mutex.h into kern/kern_mutex.c, thereby making the mutex inline functions non-inlined. Hide parts of the mutex implementation that should not be exposed. Make sure that WITNESS code is not executed during boot until the mutexes are fully initialized by SI_SUB_MUTEX (the original motivation for this commit). Submitted by: peter
2001-01-21 22:34:43 +00:00
{
struct witness *w, *w1;
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
int found;
Move most of sys/mutex.h into kern/kern_mutex.c, thereby making the mutex inline functions non-inlined. Hide parts of the mutex implementation that should not be exposed. Make sure that WITNESS code is not executed during boot until the mutexes are fully initialized by SI_SUB_MUTEX (the original motivation for this commit). Submitted by: peter
2001-01-21 22:34:43 +00:00
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
STAILQ_FOREACH(w, list, w_typelist) {
if (w->w_file == NULL)
Move most of sys/mutex.h into kern/kern_mutex.c, thereby making the mutex inline functions non-inlined. Hide parts of the mutex implementation that should not be exposed. Make sure that WITNESS code is not executed during boot until the mutexes are fully initialized by SI_SUB_MUTEX (the original motivation for this commit). Submitted by: peter
2001-01-21 22:34:43 +00:00
continue;
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
found = 0;
STAILQ_FOREACH(w1, list, w_typelist) {
if (isitmychild(w1, w)) {
found++;
Move most of sys/mutex.h into kern/kern_mutex.c, thereby making the mutex inline functions non-inlined. Hide parts of the mutex implementation that should not be exposed. Make sure that WITNESS code is not executed during boot until the mutexes are fully initialized by SI_SUB_MUTEX (the original motivation for this commit). Submitted by: peter
2001-01-21 22:34:43 +00:00
break;
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
}
Move most of sys/mutex.h into kern/kern_mutex.c, thereby making the mutex inline functions non-inlined. Hide parts of the mutex implementation that should not be exposed. Make sure that WITNESS code is not executed during boot until the mutexes are fully initialized by SI_SUB_MUTEX (the original motivation for this commit). Submitted by: peter
2001-01-21 22:34:43 +00:00
}
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
if (found)
Move most of sys/mutex.h into kern/kern_mutex.c, thereby making the mutex inline functions non-inlined. Hide parts of the mutex implementation that should not be exposed. Make sure that WITNESS code is not executed during boot until the mutexes are fully initialized by SI_SUB_MUTEX (the original motivation for this commit). Submitted by: peter
2001-01-21 22:34:43 +00:00
continue;
/*
* This lock has no anscestors, display its descendants.
*/
witness_displaydescendants(prnt, w);
}
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
}
static void
witness_display(void(*prnt)(const char *fmt, ...))
{
struct witness *w;
KASSERT(!witness_cold, ("%s: witness_cold\n", __func__));
witness_levelall();
/*
- s/mutexes/locks/g in appropriate comments. - Rename the 'show mutexes' ddb command to 'show locks' since it shows a list of all the lock objects held by the current process.
2001-03-28 12:39:40 +00:00
* First, handle sleep locks which have been acquired at least
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
* once.
*/
prnt("Sleep locks:\n");
witness_display_list(prnt, &w_sleep);
- Change the 'witness_list' ddb command to 'show mutexes'. Note that this will only display sleep mutexes held by the current process. - Clean up some nits in the witness_display() function and add a ddb command 'show witness' that dumps the hierarchy and order lists to the console. - Use queue(3) macros where appropriate. - Resort the spin lock order list so that "com" is before "sched_lock". Also, add appropriate #ifdef's around SMP and i386-specific mutexes. - Add two new mutexes used to protect the ithread lists and tables to the order list. Requested by: bde (1)
2001-02-09 15:19:41 +00:00
/*
- s/mutexes/locks/g in appropriate comments. - Rename the 'show mutexes' ddb command to 'show locks' since it shows a list of all the lock objects held by the current process.
2001-03-28 12:39:40 +00:00
* Now do spin locks which have been acquired at least once.
- Change the 'witness_list' ddb command to 'show mutexes'. Note that this will only display sleep mutexes held by the current process. - Clean up some nits in the witness_display() function and add a ddb command 'show witness' that dumps the hierarchy and order lists to the console. - Use queue(3) macros where appropriate. - Resort the spin lock order list so that "com" is before "sched_lock". Also, add appropriate #ifdef's around SMP and i386-specific mutexes. - Add two new mutexes used to protect the ithread lists and tables to the order list. Requested by: bde (1)
2001-02-09 15:19:41 +00:00
*/
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
prnt("\nSpin locks:\n");
witness_display_list(prnt, &w_spin);
- Change the 'witness_list' ddb command to 'show mutexes'. Note that this will only display sleep mutexes held by the current process. - Clean up some nits in the witness_display() function and add a ddb command 'show witness' that dumps the hierarchy and order lists to the console. - Use queue(3) macros where appropriate. - Resort the spin lock order list so that "com" is before "sched_lock". Also, add appropriate #ifdef's around SMP and i386-specific mutexes. - Add two new mutexes used to protect the ithread lists and tables to the order list. Requested by: bde (1)
2001-02-09 15:19:41 +00:00
/*
- s/mutexes/locks/g in appropriate comments. - Rename the 'show mutexes' ddb command to 'show locks' since it shows a list of all the lock objects held by the current process.
2001-03-28 12:39:40 +00:00
* Finally, any locks which have not been acquired yet.
- Change the 'witness_list' ddb command to 'show mutexes'. Note that this will only display sleep mutexes held by the current process. - Clean up some nits in the witness_display() function and add a ddb command 'show witness' that dumps the hierarchy and order lists to the console. - Use queue(3) macros where appropriate. - Resort the spin lock order list so that "com" is before "sched_lock". Also, add appropriate #ifdef's around SMP and i386-specific mutexes. - Add two new mutexes used to protect the ithread lists and tables to the order list. Requested by: bde (1)
2001-02-09 15:19:41 +00:00
*/
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
prnt("\nLocks which were never acquired:\n");
STAILQ_FOREACH(w, &w_all, w_list) {
Move most of sys/mutex.h into kern/kern_mutex.c, thereby making the mutex inline functions non-inlined. Hide parts of the mutex implementation that should not be exposed. Make sure that WITNESS code is not executed during boot until the mutexes are fully initialized by SI_SUB_MUTEX (the original motivation for this commit). Submitted by: peter
2001-01-21 22:34:43 +00:00
if (w->w_file != NULL)
continue;
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
prnt("%s\n", w->w_name);
Move most of sys/mutex.h into kern/kern_mutex.c, thereby making the mutex inline functions non-inlined. Hide parts of the mutex implementation that should not be exposed. Make sure that WITNESS code is not executed during boot until the mutexes are fully initialized by SI_SUB_MUTEX (the original motivation for this commit). Submitted by: peter
2001-01-21 22:34:43 +00:00
}
}
Major update to the way synchronization is done in the kernel. Highlights include: * Mutual exclusion is used instead of spl*(). See mutex(9). (Note: The alpha port is still in transition and currently uses both.) * Per-CPU idle processes. * Interrupts are run in their own separate kernel threads and can be preempted (i386 only). Partially contributed by: BSDi (BSD/OS) Submissions by (at least): cp, dfr, dillon, grog, jake, jhb, sheldonh
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
void
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
witness_lock(struct lock_object *lock, int flags, const char *file, int line)
Major update to the way synchronization is done in the kernel. Highlights include: * Mutual exclusion is used instead of spl*(). See mutex(9). (Note: The alpha port is still in transition and currently uses both.) * Per-CPU idle processes. * Interrupts are run in their own separate kernel threads and can be preempted (i386 only). Partially contributed by: BSDi (BSD/OS) Submissions by (at least): cp, dfr, dillon, grog, jake, jhb, sheldonh
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
{
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
struct lock_list_entry **lock_list, *lle;
struct lock_object *lock1, *lock2;
struct lock_class *class;
Remove the mtx_t, witness_t, and witness_blessed_t types. Instead, just use struct mtx, struct witness, and struct witness_blessed. Requested by: bde
2000-09-14 20:15:16 +00:00
struct witness *w, *w1;
Major update to the way synchronization is done in the kernel. Highlights include: * Mutual exclusion is used instead of spl*(). See mutex(9). (Note: The alpha port is still in transition and currently uses both.) * Per-CPU idle processes. * Interrupts are run in their own separate kernel threads and can be preempted (i386 only). Partially contributed by: BSDi (BSD/OS) Submissions by (at least): cp, dfr, dillon, grog, jake, jhb, sheldonh
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
struct proc *p;
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
int i, j;
- Use MUTEX_DECLARE() and MTX_COLD for the WITNESS code's internal mutex so it can function before malloc(9) is up and running. - Add two new options WITNESS_DDB and WITNESS_SKIPSPIN. If WITNESS_SKIPSPIN is enabled, then spin mutexes are ignored by the WITNESS code. If WITNESS_DDB is turned on and DDB is compiled into the kernel, then the kernel will drop into DDB when either a lock hierarchy violation occurs or mutexes are held when going to sleep. - Add some new sysctls: debug.witness_ddb is a read-write sysctl that corresponds to WITNESS_DDB. The kernel option merely changes the default value to on at boot. debug.witness_skipspin is a read-only sysctl that one can use to determine if the kernel was compiled with WITNESS_SKIPSPIN. - Wipe out the BSD/OS-specific lock order lists. We get to build our own lists now as we add mutexes to the kernel.
2000-10-27 02:59:30 +00:00
#ifdef DDB
int go_into_ddb = 0;
#endif /* DDB */
Major update to the way synchronization is done in the kernel. Highlights include: * Mutual exclusion is used instead of spl*(). See mutex(9). (Note: The alpha port is still in transition and currently uses both.) * Per-CPU idle processes. * Interrupts are run in their own separate kernel threads and can be preempted (i386 only). Partially contributed by: BSDi (BSD/OS) Submissions by (at least): cp, dfr, dillon, grog, jake, jhb, sheldonh
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
if (witness_cold || witness_dead || lock->lo_witness == NULL ||
panicstr)
- Add a new flag MTX_QUIET that can be passed to the various mtx_* functions. If this flag is set, then no KTR log messages are issued. This is useful for blocking excessive logging, such as with the internal mutex used by the witness code. - Use MTX_QUIET on all of the mtx_enter/exit operations on the internal mutex used by the witness code. - If we are in a panic, don't do witness checks in witness_enter(), witness_exit(), and witness_try_enter(), just return.
2000-12-13 21:53:42 +00:00
return;
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
w = lock->lo_witness;
class = lock->lo_class;
Change all instances of `CURPROC' and `CURTHD' to `curproc,' in order to stay consistent. Requested by: bde
2001-02-12 03:15:43 +00:00
p = curproc;
Major update to the way synchronization is done in the kernel. Highlights include: * Mutual exclusion is used instead of spl*(). See mutex(9). (Note: The alpha port is still in transition and currently uses both.) * Per-CPU idle processes. * Interrupts are run in their own separate kernel threads and can be preempted (i386 only). Partially contributed by: BSDi (BSD/OS) Submissions by (at least): cp, dfr, dillon, grog, jake, jhb, sheldonh
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
if ((lock->lo_flags & LO_LOCKED) == 0)
panic("%s: lock (%s) %s is not locked @ %s:%d", __func__,
class->lc_name, lock->lo_name, file, line);
if ((lock->lo_flags & LO_RECURSED) != 0) {
if ((lock->lo_flags & LO_RECURSABLE) == 0)
panic(
"%s: recursed on non-recursive lock (%s) %s @ %s:%d",
__func__, class->lc_name, lock->lo_name, file,
line);
Major update to the way synchronization is done in the kernel. Highlights include: * Mutual exclusion is used instead of spl*(). See mutex(9). (Note: The alpha port is still in transition and currently uses both.) * Per-CPU idle processes. * Interrupts are run in their own separate kernel threads and can be preempted (i386 only). Partially contributed by: BSDi (BSD/OS) Submissions by (at least): cp, dfr, dillon, grog, jake, jhb, sheldonh
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
return;
}
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
Close a race condition where if we were obtaining a sleep lock and no spin locks were held, we could be preempted and switch CPU's in between the time that we set a variable to the list of spin locks on our CPU and the time that we checked that variable to ensure no spinlocks were held while grabbing a sleep lock. Losing the race resulted in checking some other CPU's spin lock list and bogusly panicing.
2001-03-28 16:11:51 +00:00
/*
* We have to hold a spinlock to keep lock_list valid across the check
* in the LC_SLEEPLOCK case. In the LC_SPINLOCK case, it is already
* protected by the spinlock we are currently performing the witness
* checks on, so it is ok to release the lock after performing this
* check. All we have to protect is the LC_SLEEPLOCK case when no
* spinlocks are held as we may get preempted during this check and
* lock_list could end up pointing to some other CPU's spinlock list.
*/
mtx_lock_spin(&w_mtx);
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
lock_list = PCPU_PTR(spinlocks);
if (class->lc_flags & LC_SLEEPLOCK) {
Close a race condition where if we were obtaining a sleep lock and no spin locks were held, we could be preempted and switch CPU's in between the time that we set a variable to the list of spin locks on our CPU and the time that we checked that variable to ensure no spinlocks were held while grabbing a sleep lock. Losing the race resulted in checking some other CPU's spin lock list and bogusly panicing.
2001-03-28 16:11:51 +00:00
if (*lock_list != NULL) {
mtx_unlock_spin(&w_mtx);
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
panic("blockable sleep lock (%s) %s @ %s:%d",
class->lc_name, lock->lo_name, file, line);
Close a race condition where if we were obtaining a sleep lock and no spin locks were held, we could be preempted and switch CPU's in between the time that we set a variable to the list of spin locks on our CPU and the time that we checked that variable to ensure no spinlocks were held while grabbing a sleep lock. Losing the race resulted in checking some other CPU's spin lock list and bogusly panicing.
2001-03-28 16:11:51 +00:00
}
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
lock_list = &p->p_sleeplocks;
Implement MTX_RECURSE flag for mtx_init(). All calls to mtx_init() for mutexes that recurse must now include the MTX_RECURSE bit in the flag argument variable. This change is in preparation for an upcoming (further) mutex API cleanup. The witness code will call panic() if a lock is found to recurse but the MTX_RECURSE bit was not set during the lock's initialization. The old MTX_RECURSE "state" bit (in mtx_lock) has been renamed to MTX_RECURSED, which is more appropriate given its meaning. The following locks have been made "recursive," thus far: eventhandler, Giant, callout, sched_lock, possibly some others declared in the architecture-specific code, all of the network card driver locks in pci/, as well as some other locks in dev/ stuff that I've found to be recursive. Reviewed by: jhb
2001-01-19 01:59:14 +00:00
}
Close a race condition where if we were obtaining a sleep lock and no spin locks were held, we could be preempted and switch CPU's in between the time that we set a variable to the list of spin locks on our CPU and the time that we checked that variable to ensure no spinlocks were held while grabbing a sleep lock. Losing the race resulted in checking some other CPU's spin lock list and bogusly panicing.
2001-03-28 16:11:51 +00:00
mtx_unlock_spin(&w_mtx);
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
if (flags & LOP_TRYLOCK)
Major update to the way synchronization is done in the kernel. Highlights include: * Mutual exclusion is used instead of spl*(). See mutex(9). (Note: The alpha port is still in transition and currently uses both.) * Per-CPU idle processes. * Interrupts are run in their own separate kernel threads and can be preempted (i386 only). Partially contributed by: BSDi (BSD/OS) Submissions by (at least): cp, dfr, dillon, grog, jake, jhb, sheldonh
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
goto out;
/*
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
* Is this the first lock acquired? If so, then no order checking
* is needed.
Major update to the way synchronization is done in the kernel. Highlights include: * Mutual exclusion is used instead of spl*(). See mutex(9). (Note: The alpha port is still in transition and currently uses both.) * Per-CPU idle processes. * Interrupts are run in their own separate kernel threads and can be preempted (i386 only). Partially contributed by: BSDi (BSD/OS) Submissions by (at least): cp, dfr, dillon, grog, jake, jhb, sheldonh
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
*/
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
if (*lock_list == NULL)
Major update to the way synchronization is done in the kernel. Highlights include: * Mutual exclusion is used instead of spl*(). See mutex(9). (Note: The alpha port is still in transition and currently uses both.) * Per-CPU idle processes. * Interrupts are run in their own separate kernel threads and can be preempted (i386 only). Partially contributed by: BSDi (BSD/OS) Submissions by (at least): cp, dfr, dillon, grog, jake, jhb, sheldonh
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
goto out;
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
/*
* Check for duplicate locks of the same type. Note that we only
* have to check for this on the last lock we just acquired. Any
* other cases will be caught as lock order violations.
*/
lock1 = (*lock_list)->ll_children[(*lock_list)->ll_count - 1];
w1 = lock1->lo_witness;
if (w1 == w) {
Major update to the way synchronization is done in the kernel. Highlights include: * Mutual exclusion is used instead of spl*(). See mutex(9). (Note: The alpha port is still in transition and currently uses both.) * Per-CPU idle processes. * Interrupts are run in their own separate kernel threads and can be preempted (i386 only). Partially contributed by: BSDi (BSD/OS) Submissions by (at least): cp, dfr, dillon, grog, jake, jhb, sheldonh
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
if (w->w_same_squawked || dup_ok(w))
goto out;
w->w_same_squawked = 1;
Spelling nit: acquring -> acquiring. Reported by: T. William Wells <bill@twwells.com>
2001-04-21 01:50:32 +00:00
printf("acquiring duplicate lock of same type: \"%s\"\n",
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
lock->lo_name);
Major update to the way synchronization is done in the kernel. Highlights include: * Mutual exclusion is used instead of spl*(). See mutex(9). (Note: The alpha port is still in transition and currently uses both.) * Per-CPU idle processes. * Interrupts are run in their own separate kernel threads and can be preempted (i386 only). Partially contributed by: BSDi (BSD/OS) Submissions by (at least): cp, dfr, dillon, grog, jake, jhb, sheldonh
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
printf(" 1st @ %s:%d\n", w->w_file, w->w_line);
printf(" 2nd @ %s:%d\n", file, line);
- Use MUTEX_DECLARE() and MTX_COLD for the WITNESS code's internal mutex so it can function before malloc(9) is up and running. - Add two new options WITNESS_DDB and WITNESS_SKIPSPIN. If WITNESS_SKIPSPIN is enabled, then spin mutexes are ignored by the WITNESS code. If WITNESS_DDB is turned on and DDB is compiled into the kernel, then the kernel will drop into DDB when either a lock hierarchy violation occurs or mutexes are held when going to sleep. - Add some new sysctls: debug.witness_ddb is a read-write sysctl that corresponds to WITNESS_DDB. The kernel option merely changes the default value to on at boot. debug.witness_skipspin is a read-only sysctl that one can use to determine if the kernel was compiled with WITNESS_SKIPSPIN. - Wipe out the BSD/OS-specific lock order lists. We get to build our own lists now as we add mutexes to the kernel.
2000-10-27 02:59:30 +00:00
#ifdef DDB
go_into_ddb = 1;
#endif /* DDB */
Major update to the way synchronization is done in the kernel. Highlights include: * Mutual exclusion is used instead of spl*(). See mutex(9). (Note: The alpha port is still in transition and currently uses both.) * Per-CPU idle processes. * Interrupts are run in their own separate kernel threads and can be preempted (i386 only). Partially contributed by: BSDi (BSD/OS) Submissions by (at least): cp, dfr, dillon, grog, jake, jhb, sheldonh
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
goto out;
}
MPASS(!mtx_owned(&w_mtx));
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
mtx_lock_spin(&w_mtx);
Major update to the way synchronization is done in the kernel. Highlights include: * Mutual exclusion is used instead of spl*(). See mutex(9). (Note: The alpha port is still in transition and currently uses both.) * Per-CPU idle processes. * Interrupts are run in their own separate kernel threads and can be preempted (i386 only). Partially contributed by: BSDi (BSD/OS) Submissions by (at least): cp, dfr, dillon, grog, jake, jhb, sheldonh
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
/*
* If we have a known higher number just say ok
*/
if (witness_watch > 1 && w->w_level > w1->w_level) {
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
mtx_unlock_spin(&w_mtx);
Major update to the way synchronization is done in the kernel. Highlights include: * Mutual exclusion is used instead of spl*(). See mutex(9). (Note: The alpha port is still in transition and currently uses both.) * Per-CPU idle processes. * Interrupts are run in their own separate kernel threads and can be preempted (i386 only). Partially contributed by: BSDi (BSD/OS) Submissions by (at least): cp, dfr, dillon, grog, jake, jhb, sheldonh
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
goto out;
}
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
if (isitmydescendant(w1, w)) {
mtx_unlock_spin(&w_mtx);
Major update to the way synchronization is done in the kernel. Highlights include: * Mutual exclusion is used instead of spl*(). See mutex(9). (Note: The alpha port is still in transition and currently uses both.) * Per-CPU idle processes. * Interrupts are run in their own separate kernel threads and can be preempted (i386 only). Partially contributed by: BSDi (BSD/OS) Submissions by (at least): cp, dfr, dillon, grog, jake, jhb, sheldonh
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
goto out;
}
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
for (j = 0, lle = *lock_list; lle != NULL; lle = lle->ll_next) {
for (i = lle->ll_count - 1; i >= 0; i--, j++) {
MPASS(j < WITNESS_COUNT);
lock1 = lle->ll_children[i];
w1 = lock1->lo_witness;
Major update to the way synchronization is done in the kernel. Highlights include: * Mutual exclusion is used instead of spl*(). See mutex(9). (Note: The alpha port is still in transition and currently uses both.) * Per-CPU idle processes. * Interrupts are run in their own separate kernel threads and can be preempted (i386 only). Partially contributed by: BSDi (BSD/OS) Submissions by (at least): cp, dfr, dillon, grog, jake, jhb, sheldonh
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
/*
* If this lock doesn't undergo witness checking,
* then skip it.
*/
if (w1 == NULL) {
KASSERT((lock1->lo_flags & LO_WITNESS) == 0,
("lock missing witness structure"));
continue;
}
if (!isitmydescendant(w, w1))
continue;
/*
* We have a lock order violation, check to see if it
* is allowed or has already been yelled about.
*/
mtx_unlock_spin(&w_mtx);
Major update to the way synchronization is done in the kernel. Highlights include: * Mutual exclusion is used instead of spl*(). See mutex(9). (Note: The alpha port is still in transition and currently uses both.) * Per-CPU idle processes. * Interrupts are run in their own separate kernel threads and can be preempted (i386 only). Partially contributed by: BSDi (BSD/OS) Submissions by (at least): cp, dfr, dillon, grog, jake, jhb, sheldonh
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
if (blessed(w, w1))
goto out;
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
if (lock1 == &Giant.mtx_object) {
Major update to the way synchronization is done in the kernel. Highlights include: * Mutual exclusion is used instead of spl*(). See mutex(9). (Note: The alpha port is still in transition and currently uses both.) * Per-CPU idle processes. * Interrupts are run in their own separate kernel threads and can be preempted (i386 only). Partially contributed by: BSDi (BSD/OS) Submissions by (at least): cp, dfr, dillon, grog, jake, jhb, sheldonh
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
if (w1->w_Giant_squawked)
goto out;
else
w1->w_Giant_squawked = 1;
} else {
if (w1->w_other_squawked)
goto out;
else
w1->w_other_squawked = 1;
}
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
/*
* Ok, yell about it.
*/
Major update to the way synchronization is done in the kernel. Highlights include: * Mutual exclusion is used instead of spl*(). See mutex(9). (Note: The alpha port is still in transition and currently uses both.) * Per-CPU idle processes. * Interrupts are run in their own separate kernel threads and can be preempted (i386 only). Partially contributed by: BSDi (BSD/OS) Submissions by (at least): cp, dfr, dillon, grog, jake, jhb, sheldonh
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
printf("lock order reversal\n");
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
/*
* Try to locate an earlier lock with
* witness w in our list.
*/
do {
lock2 = lle->ll_children[i];
MPASS(lock2 != NULL);
if (lock2->lo_witness == w)
break;
i--;
if (i == 0 && lle->ll_next != NULL) {
lle = lle->ll_next;
i = lle->ll_count - 1;
MPASS(i != 0);
}
} while (i >= 0);
if (i < 0)
/*
* We are very likely bogus in this case.
*/
printf(" 1st %s last acquired @ %s:%d\n",
w->w_name, w->w_file, w->w_line);
else
printf(" 1st %p %s @ %s:%d\n", lock2,
lock2->lo_name, lock2->lo_file,
lock2->lo_line);
Major update to the way synchronization is done in the kernel. Highlights include: * Mutual exclusion is used instead of spl*(). See mutex(9). (Note: The alpha port is still in transition and currently uses both.) * Per-CPU idle processes. * Interrupts are run in their own separate kernel threads and can be preempted (i386 only). Partially contributed by: BSDi (BSD/OS) Submissions by (at least): cp, dfr, dillon, grog, jake, jhb, sheldonh
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
printf(" 2nd %p %s @ %s:%d\n",
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
lock1, lock1->lo_name, lock1->lo_file,
lock1->lo_line);
Major update to the way synchronization is done in the kernel. Highlights include: * Mutual exclusion is used instead of spl*(). See mutex(9). (Note: The alpha port is still in transition and currently uses both.) * Per-CPU idle processes. * Interrupts are run in their own separate kernel threads and can be preempted (i386 only). Partially contributed by: BSDi (BSD/OS) Submissions by (at least): cp, dfr, dillon, grog, jake, jhb, sheldonh
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
printf(" 3rd %p %s @ %s:%d\n",
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
lock, lock->lo_name, file, line);
- Use MUTEX_DECLARE() and MTX_COLD for the WITNESS code's internal mutex so it can function before malloc(9) is up and running. - Add two new options WITNESS_DDB and WITNESS_SKIPSPIN. If WITNESS_SKIPSPIN is enabled, then spin mutexes are ignored by the WITNESS code. If WITNESS_DDB is turned on and DDB is compiled into the kernel, then the kernel will drop into DDB when either a lock hierarchy violation occurs or mutexes are held when going to sleep. - Add some new sysctls: debug.witness_ddb is a read-write sysctl that corresponds to WITNESS_DDB. The kernel option merely changes the default value to on at boot. debug.witness_skipspin is a read-only sysctl that one can use to determine if the kernel was compiled with WITNESS_SKIPSPIN. - Wipe out the BSD/OS-specific lock order lists. We get to build our own lists now as we add mutexes to the kernel.
2000-10-27 02:59:30 +00:00
#ifdef DDB
go_into_ddb = 1;
#endif /* DDB */
Major update to the way synchronization is done in the kernel. Highlights include: * Mutual exclusion is used instead of spl*(). See mutex(9). (Note: The alpha port is still in transition and currently uses both.) * Per-CPU idle processes. * Interrupts are run in their own separate kernel threads and can be preempted (i386 only). Partially contributed by: BSDi (BSD/OS) Submissions by (at least): cp, dfr, dillon, grog, jake, jhb, sheldonh
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
goto out;
}
}
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
lock1 = (*lock_list)->ll_children[(*lock_list)->ll_count - 1];
if (!itismychild(lock1->lo_witness, w))
mtx_unlock_spin(&w_mtx);
Major update to the way synchronization is done in the kernel. Highlights include: * Mutual exclusion is used instead of spl*(). See mutex(9). (Note: The alpha port is still in transition and currently uses both.) * Per-CPU idle processes. * Interrupts are run in their own separate kernel threads and can be preempted (i386 only). Partially contributed by: BSDi (BSD/OS) Submissions by (at least): cp, dfr, dillon, grog, jake, jhb, sheldonh
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
out:
- Use MUTEX_DECLARE() and MTX_COLD for the WITNESS code's internal mutex so it can function before malloc(9) is up and running. - Add two new options WITNESS_DDB and WITNESS_SKIPSPIN. If WITNESS_SKIPSPIN is enabled, then spin mutexes are ignored by the WITNESS code. If WITNESS_DDB is turned on and DDB is compiled into the kernel, then the kernel will drop into DDB when either a lock hierarchy violation occurs or mutexes are held when going to sleep. - Add some new sysctls: debug.witness_ddb is a read-write sysctl that corresponds to WITNESS_DDB. The kernel option merely changes the default value to on at boot. debug.witness_skipspin is a read-only sysctl that one can use to determine if the kernel was compiled with WITNESS_SKIPSPIN. - Wipe out the BSD/OS-specific lock order lists. We get to build our own lists now as we add mutexes to the kernel.
2000-10-27 02:59:30 +00:00
#ifdef DDB
if (witness_ddb && go_into_ddb)
- Whoops, forgot to enable the clock lock in the spin order list on the alpha. - Change the Debugger() functions to pass in the real function name.
2001-04-19 15:49:54 +00:00
Debugger(__func__);
- Use MUTEX_DECLARE() and MTX_COLD for the WITNESS code's internal mutex so it can function before malloc(9) is up and running. - Add two new options WITNESS_DDB and WITNESS_SKIPSPIN. If WITNESS_SKIPSPIN is enabled, then spin mutexes are ignored by the WITNESS code. If WITNESS_DDB is turned on and DDB is compiled into the kernel, then the kernel will drop into DDB when either a lock hierarchy violation occurs or mutexes are held when going to sleep. - Add some new sysctls: debug.witness_ddb is a read-write sysctl that corresponds to WITNESS_DDB. The kernel option merely changes the default value to on at boot. debug.witness_skipspin is a read-only sysctl that one can use to determine if the kernel was compiled with WITNESS_SKIPSPIN. - Wipe out the BSD/OS-specific lock order lists. We get to build our own lists now as we add mutexes to the kernel.
2000-10-27 02:59:30 +00:00
#endif /* DDB */
Major update to the way synchronization is done in the kernel. Highlights include: * Mutual exclusion is used instead of spl*(). See mutex(9). (Note: The alpha port is still in transition and currently uses both.) * Per-CPU idle processes. * Interrupts are run in their own separate kernel threads and can be preempted (i386 only). Partially contributed by: BSDi (BSD/OS) Submissions by (at least): cp, dfr, dillon, grog, jake, jhb, sheldonh
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
w->w_file = file;
w->w_line = line;
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
lock->lo_line = line;
lock->lo_file = file;
lle = *lock_list;
if (lle == NULL || lle->ll_count == LOCK_CHILDCOUNT) {
*lock_list = witness_lock_list_get();
if (*lock_list == NULL)
Major update to the way synchronization is done in the kernel. Highlights include: * Mutual exclusion is used instead of spl*(). See mutex(9). (Note: The alpha port is still in transition and currently uses both.) * Per-CPU idle processes. * Interrupts are run in their own separate kernel threads and can be preempted (i386 only). Partially contributed by: BSDi (BSD/OS) Submissions by (at least): cp, dfr, dillon, grog, jake, jhb, sheldonh
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
return;
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
(*lock_list)->ll_next = lle;
lle = *lock_list;
Implement MTX_RECURSE flag for mtx_init(). All calls to mtx_init() for mutexes that recurse must now include the MTX_RECURSE bit in the flag argument variable. This change is in preparation for an upcoming (further) mutex API cleanup. The witness code will call panic() if a lock is found to recurse but the MTX_RECURSE bit was not set during the lock's initialization. The old MTX_RECURSE "state" bit (in mtx_lock) has been renamed to MTX_RECURSED, which is more appropriate given its meaning. The following locks have been made "recursive," thus far: eventhandler, Giant, callout, sched_lock, possibly some others declared in the architecture-specific code, all of the network card driver locks in pci/, as well as some other locks in dev/ stuff that I've found to be recursive. Reviewed by: jhb
2001-01-19 01:59:14 +00:00
}
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
lle->ll_children[lle->ll_count++] = lock;
Major update to the way synchronization is done in the kernel. Highlights include: * Mutual exclusion is used instead of spl*(). See mutex(9). (Note: The alpha port is still in transition and currently uses both.) * Per-CPU idle processes. * Interrupts are run in their own separate kernel threads and can be preempted (i386 only). Partially contributed by: BSDi (BSD/OS) Submissions by (at least): cp, dfr, dillon, grog, jake, jhb, sheldonh
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
}
void
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
witness_unlock(struct lock_object *lock, int flags, const char *file, int line)
Major update to the way synchronization is done in the kernel. Highlights include: * Mutual exclusion is used instead of spl*(). See mutex(9). (Note: The alpha port is still in transition and currently uses both.) * Per-CPU idle processes. * Interrupts are run in their own separate kernel threads and can be preempted (i386 only). Partially contributed by: BSDi (BSD/OS) Submissions by (at least): cp, dfr, dillon, grog, jake, jhb, sheldonh
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
{
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
struct lock_list_entry **lock_list, *lle;
struct lock_class *class;
Fix mtx_legal2block. The only time that it is bad to block on a mutex is if we hold a spin mutex, since we can trivially get into deadlocks if we start switching out of processes that hold spinlocks. Checking to see if interrupts were disabled was a sort of cheap way of doing this since most of the time interrupts were only disabled when holding a spin lock. At least on the i386. To fix this properly, use a per-process counter p_spinlocks that counts the number of spin locks currently held, and instead of checking to see if interrupts are disabled in the witness code, check to see if we hold any spin locks. Since child processes always start up with the sched lock magically held in fork_exit(), we initialize p_spinlocks to 1 for child processes. Note that proc0 doesn't go through fork_exit(), so it starts with no spin locks held. Consulting from: cp
2001-03-09 07:24:17 +00:00
struct proc *p;
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
int i, j;
Major update to the way synchronization is done in the kernel. Highlights include: * Mutual exclusion is used instead of spl*(). See mutex(9). (Note: The alpha port is still in transition and currently uses both.) * Per-CPU idle processes. * Interrupts are run in their own separate kernel threads and can be preempted (i386 only). Partially contributed by: BSDi (BSD/OS) Submissions by (at least): cp, dfr, dillon, grog, jake, jhb, sheldonh
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
if (witness_cold || witness_dead || lock->lo_witness == NULL ||
panicstr)
Move most of sys/mutex.h into kern/kern_mutex.c, thereby making the mutex inline functions non-inlined. Hide parts of the mutex implementation that should not be exposed. Make sure that WITNESS code is not executed during boot until the mutexes are fully initialized by SI_SUB_MUTEX (the original motivation for this commit). Submitted by: peter
2001-01-21 22:34:43 +00:00
return;
Fix mtx_legal2block. The only time that it is bad to block on a mutex is if we hold a spin mutex, since we can trivially get into deadlocks if we start switching out of processes that hold spinlocks. Checking to see if interrupts were disabled was a sort of cheap way of doing this since most of the time interrupts were only disabled when holding a spin lock. At least on the i386. To fix this properly, use a per-process counter p_spinlocks that counts the number of spin locks currently held, and instead of checking to see if interrupts are disabled in the witness code, check to see if we hold any spin locks. Since child processes always start up with the sched lock magically held in fork_exit(), we initialize p_spinlocks to 1 for child processes. Note that proc0 doesn't go through fork_exit(), so it starts with no spin locks held. Consulting from: cp
2001-03-09 07:24:17 +00:00
p = curproc;
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
class = lock->lo_class;
Major update to the way synchronization is done in the kernel. Highlights include: * Mutual exclusion is used instead of spl*(). See mutex(9). (Note: The alpha port is still in transition and currently uses both.) * Per-CPU idle processes. * Interrupts are run in their own separate kernel threads and can be preempted (i386 only). Partially contributed by: BSDi (BSD/OS) Submissions by (at least): cp, dfr, dillon, grog, jake, jhb, sheldonh
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
if (lock->lo_flags & LO_RECURSED) {
if ((lock->lo_flags & LO_LOCKED) == 0)
panic("%s: recursed lock (%s) %s is not locked @ %s:%d",
__func__, class->lc_name, lock->lo_name, file,
line);
Move most of sys/mutex.h into kern/kern_mutex.c, thereby making the mutex inline functions non-inlined. Hide parts of the mutex implementation that should not be exposed. Make sure that WITNESS code is not executed during boot until the mutexes are fully initialized by SI_SUB_MUTEX (the original motivation for this commit). Submitted by: peter
2001-01-21 22:34:43 +00:00
return;
Major update to the way synchronization is done in the kernel. Highlights include: * Mutual exclusion is used instead of spl*(). See mutex(9). (Note: The alpha port is still in transition and currently uses both.) * Per-CPU idle processes. * Interrupts are run in their own separate kernel threads and can be preempted (i386 only). Partially contributed by: BSDi (BSD/OS) Submissions by (at least): cp, dfr, dillon, grog, jake, jhb, sheldonh
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
}
Move most of sys/mutex.h into kern/kern_mutex.c, thereby making the mutex inline functions non-inlined. Hide parts of the mutex implementation that should not be exposed. Make sure that WITNESS code is not executed during boot until the mutexes are fully initialized by SI_SUB_MUTEX (the original motivation for this commit). Submitted by: peter
2001-01-21 22:34:43 +00:00
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
/*
* We don't need to protect this PCPU_GET() here against preemption
* because if we hold any spinlocks then we are already protected,
* and if we don't we will get NULL if we hold no spinlocks even if
* we switch CPU's while reading it.
*/
if (class->lc_flags & LC_SLEEPLOCK) {
if ((flags & LOP_NOSWITCH) == 0 && PCPU_GET(spinlocks) != NULL)
panic("switchable sleep unlock (%s) %s @ %s:%d",
class->lc_name, lock->lo_name, file, line);
lock_list = &p->p_sleeplocks;
} else
lock_list = PCPU_PTR(spinlocks);
for (; *lock_list != NULL; lock_list = &(*lock_list)->ll_next)
for (i = 0; i < (*lock_list)->ll_count; i++)
if ((*lock_list)->ll_children[i] == lock) {
(*lock_list)->ll_count--;
for (j = i; j < (*lock_list)->ll_count; j++)
(*lock_list)->ll_children[j] =
(*lock_list)->ll_children[j + 1];
if ((*lock_list)->ll_count == 0) {
lle = *lock_list;
*lock_list = lle->ll_next;
witness_lock_list_free(lle);
}
return;
}
Major update to the way synchronization is done in the kernel. Highlights include: * Mutual exclusion is used instead of spl*(). See mutex(9). (Note: The alpha port is still in transition and currently uses both.) * Per-CPU idle processes. * Interrupts are run in their own separate kernel threads and can be preempted (i386 only). Partially contributed by: BSDi (BSD/OS) Submissions by (at least): cp, dfr, dillon, grog, jake, jhb, sheldonh
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
}
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
/*
* Warn if any held locks are not sleepable. Note that Giant and the lock
* passed in are both special cases since they are both released during the
* sleep process and aren't actually held while the process is asleep.
*/
Major update to the way synchronization is done in the kernel. Highlights include: * Mutual exclusion is used instead of spl*(). See mutex(9). (Note: The alpha port is still in transition and currently uses both.) * Per-CPU idle processes. * Interrupts are run in their own separate kernel threads and can be preempted (i386 only). Partially contributed by: BSDi (BSD/OS) Submissions by (at least): cp, dfr, dillon, grog, jake, jhb, sheldonh
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
int
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
witness_sleep(int check_only, struct lock_object *lock, const char *file,
int line)
Major update to the way synchronization is done in the kernel. Highlights include: * Mutual exclusion is used instead of spl*(). See mutex(9). (Note: The alpha port is still in transition and currently uses both.) * Per-CPU idle processes. * Interrupts are run in their own separate kernel threads and can be preempted (i386 only). Partially contributed by: BSDi (BSD/OS) Submissions by (at least): cp, dfr, dillon, grog, jake, jhb, sheldonh
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
{
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
struct lock_list_entry **lock_list, *lle;
struct lock_object *lock1;
Major update to the way synchronization is done in the kernel. Highlights include: * Mutual exclusion is used instead of spl*(). See mutex(9). (Note: The alpha port is still in transition and currently uses both.) * Per-CPU idle processes. * Interrupts are run in their own separate kernel threads and can be preempted (i386 only). Partially contributed by: BSDi (BSD/OS) Submissions by (at least): cp, dfr, dillon, grog, jake, jhb, sheldonh
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
struct proc *p;
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
critical_t savecrit;
int i, n;
Major update to the way synchronization is done in the kernel. Highlights include: * Mutual exclusion is used instead of spl*(). See mutex(9). (Note: The alpha port is still in transition and currently uses both.) * Per-CPU idle processes. * Interrupts are run in their own separate kernel threads and can be preempted (i386 only). Partially contributed by: BSDi (BSD/OS) Submissions by (at least): cp, dfr, dillon, grog, jake, jhb, sheldonh
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
if (witness_dead || panicstr)
return (0);
KASSERT(!witness_cold, ("%s: witness_cold\n", __func__));
n = 0;
/*
* Preemption bad because we need PCPU_PTR(spinlocks) to not change.
*/
savecrit = critical_enter();
Change all instances of `CURPROC' and `CURTHD' to `curproc,' in order to stay consistent. Requested by: bde
2001-02-12 03:15:43 +00:00
p = curproc;
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
lock_list = &p->p_sleeplocks;
again:
for (lle = *lock_list; lle != NULL; lle = lle->ll_next)
for (i = lle->ll_count - 1; i >= 0; i--) {
lock1 = lle->ll_children[i];
if (lock1 == lock || lock1 == &Giant.mtx_object ||
(lock1->lo_flags & LO_SLEEPABLE))
continue;
n++;
printf("%s:%d: %s with \"%s\" locked from %s:%d\n",
file, line, check_only ? "could sleep" : "sleeping",
lock1->lo_name, lock1->lo_file, lock1->lo_line);
}
if (lock_list == &p->p_sleeplocks) {
lock_list = PCPU_PTR(spinlocks);
goto again;
Major update to the way synchronization is done in the kernel. Highlights include: * Mutual exclusion is used instead of spl*(). See mutex(9). (Note: The alpha port is still in transition and currently uses both.) * Per-CPU idle processes. * Interrupts are run in their own separate kernel threads and can be preempted (i386 only). Partially contributed by: BSDi (BSD/OS) Submissions by (at least): cp, dfr, dillon, grog, jake, jhb, sheldonh
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
}
- Use MUTEX_DECLARE() and MTX_COLD for the WITNESS code's internal mutex so it can function before malloc(9) is up and running. - Add two new options WITNESS_DDB and WITNESS_SKIPSPIN. If WITNESS_SKIPSPIN is enabled, then spin mutexes are ignored by the WITNESS code. If WITNESS_DDB is turned on and DDB is compiled into the kernel, then the kernel will drop into DDB when either a lock hierarchy violation occurs or mutexes are held when going to sleep. - Add some new sysctls: debug.witness_ddb is a read-write sysctl that corresponds to WITNESS_DDB. The kernel option merely changes the default value to on at boot. debug.witness_skipspin is a read-only sysctl that one can use to determine if the kernel was compiled with WITNESS_SKIPSPIN. - Wipe out the BSD/OS-specific lock order lists. We get to build our own lists now as we add mutexes to the kernel.
2000-10-27 02:59:30 +00:00
#ifdef DDB
if (witness_ddb && n)
- Whoops, forgot to enable the clock lock in the spin order list on the alpha. - Change the Debugger() functions to pass in the real function name.
2001-04-19 15:49:54 +00:00
Debugger(__func__);
- Use MUTEX_DECLARE() and MTX_COLD for the WITNESS code's internal mutex so it can function before malloc(9) is up and running. - Add two new options WITNESS_DDB and WITNESS_SKIPSPIN. If WITNESS_SKIPSPIN is enabled, then spin mutexes are ignored by the WITNESS code. If WITNESS_DDB is turned on and DDB is compiled into the kernel, then the kernel will drop into DDB when either a lock hierarchy violation occurs or mutexes are held when going to sleep. - Add some new sysctls: debug.witness_ddb is a read-write sysctl that corresponds to WITNESS_DDB. The kernel option merely changes the default value to on at boot. debug.witness_skipspin is a read-only sysctl that one can use to determine if the kernel was compiled with WITNESS_SKIPSPIN. - Wipe out the BSD/OS-specific lock order lists. We get to build our own lists now as we add mutexes to the kernel.
2000-10-27 02:59:30 +00:00
#endif /* DDB */
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
critical_exit(savecrit);
Major update to the way synchronization is done in the kernel. Highlights include: * Mutual exclusion is used instead of spl*(). See mutex(9). (Note: The alpha port is still in transition and currently uses both.) * Per-CPU idle processes. * Interrupts are run in their own separate kernel threads and can be preempted (i386 only). Partially contributed by: BSDi (BSD/OS) Submissions by (at least): cp, dfr, dillon, grog, jake, jhb, sheldonh
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
return (n);
}
Remove the mtx_t, witness_t, and witness_blessed_t types. Instead, just use struct mtx, struct witness, and struct witness_blessed. Requested by: bde
2000-09-14 20:15:16 +00:00
static struct witness *
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
enroll(const char *description, struct lock_class *lock_class)
Major update to the way synchronization is done in the kernel. Highlights include: * Mutual exclusion is used instead of spl*(). See mutex(9). (Note: The alpha port is still in transition and currently uses both.) * Per-CPU idle processes. * Interrupts are run in their own separate kernel threads and can be preempted (i386 only). Partially contributed by: BSDi (BSD/OS) Submissions by (at least): cp, dfr, dillon, grog, jake, jhb, sheldonh
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
{
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
struct witness *w;
Major update to the way synchronization is done in the kernel. Highlights include: * Mutual exclusion is used instead of spl*(). See mutex(9). (Note: The alpha port is still in transition and currently uses both.) * Per-CPU idle processes. * Interrupts are run in their own separate kernel threads and can be preempted (i386 only). Partially contributed by: BSDi (BSD/OS) Submissions by (at least): cp, dfr, dillon, grog, jake, jhb, sheldonh
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
if (!witness_watch)
return (NULL);
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
if ((lock_class->lc_flags & LC_SPINLOCK) && witness_skipspin)
Major update to the way synchronization is done in the kernel. Highlights include: * Mutual exclusion is used instead of spl*(). See mutex(9). (Note: The alpha port is still in transition and currently uses both.) * Per-CPU idle processes. * Interrupts are run in their own separate kernel threads and can be preempted (i386 only). Partially contributed by: BSDi (BSD/OS) Submissions by (at least): cp, dfr, dillon, grog, jake, jhb, sheldonh
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
return (NULL);
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
mtx_lock_spin(&w_mtx);
STAILQ_FOREACH(w, &w_all, w_list) {
if (strcmp(description, w->w_name) == 0) {
Maintain a reference count on the witness struct. When the reference count drops to 0 in witness_destroy, set the w_name and w_file pointers to point to the string "(dead)" and the w_line field to 0. This way, if a mutex of a given name is used only in a module, then as long as all mutexes in the module are destroyed when the module is unloaded, witness will not maintain stale references to the mutex's name in the module's data section causing a panic later on when the w_name or w_file field's are examined.
2001-04-09 22:34:05 +00:00
w->w_refcount++;
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
mtx_unlock_spin(&w_mtx);
if (lock_class != w->w_class)
panic(
"lock (%s) %s does not match earlier (%s) lock",
description, lock_class->lc_name,
w->w_class->lc_name);
Major update to the way synchronization is done in the kernel. Highlights include: * Mutual exclusion is used instead of spl*(). See mutex(9). (Note: The alpha port is still in transition and currently uses both.) * Per-CPU idle processes. * Interrupts are run in their own separate kernel threads and can be preempted (i386 only). Partially contributed by: BSDi (BSD/OS) Submissions by (at least): cp, dfr, dillon, grog, jake, jhb, sheldonh
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
return (w);
}
}
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
/*
* This isn't quite right, as witness_cold is still 0 while we
* enroll all the locks initialized before witness_initialize().
*/
Avoid endless recursion on panic. Reviewed by: jhb
2001-04-10 00:56:19 +00:00
if ((lock_class->lc_flags & LC_SPINLOCK) && !witness_cold) {
mtx_unlock_spin(&w_mtx);
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
panic("spin lock %s not in order list", description);
Avoid endless recursion on panic. Reviewed by: jhb
2001-04-10 00:56:19 +00:00
}
Major update to the way synchronization is done in the kernel. Highlights include: * Mutual exclusion is used instead of spl*(). See mutex(9). (Note: The alpha port is still in transition and currently uses both.) * Per-CPU idle processes. * Interrupts are run in their own separate kernel threads and can be preempted (i386 only). Partially contributed by: BSDi (BSD/OS) Submissions by (at least): cp, dfr, dillon, grog, jake, jhb, sheldonh
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
if ((w = witness_get()) == NULL)
return (NULL);
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
w->w_name = description;
w->w_class = lock_class;
Maintain a reference count on the witness struct. When the reference count drops to 0 in witness_destroy, set the w_name and w_file pointers to point to the string "(dead)" and the w_line field to 0. This way, if a mutex of a given name is used only in a module, then as long as all mutexes in the module are destroyed when the module is unloaded, witness will not maintain stale references to the mutex's name in the module's data section causing a panic later on when the w_name or w_file field's are examined.
2001-04-09 22:34:05 +00:00
w->w_refcount = 1;
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
STAILQ_INSERT_HEAD(&w_all, w, w_list);
if (lock_class->lc_flags & LC_SPINLOCK)
STAILQ_INSERT_HEAD(&w_spin, w, w_typelist);
else if (lock_class->lc_flags & LC_SLEEPLOCK)
STAILQ_INSERT_HEAD(&w_sleep, w, w_typelist);
Avoid endless recursion on panic. Reviewed by: jhb
2001-04-10 00:56:19 +00:00
else {
mtx_unlock_spin(&w_mtx);
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
panic("lock class %s is not sleep or spin",
lock_class->lc_name);
Avoid endless recursion on panic. Reviewed by: jhb
2001-04-10 00:56:19 +00:00
}
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
mtx_unlock_spin(&w_mtx);
Implement MTX_RECURSE flag for mtx_init(). All calls to mtx_init() for mutexes that recurse must now include the MTX_RECURSE bit in the flag argument variable. This change is in preparation for an upcoming (further) mutex API cleanup. The witness code will call panic() if a lock is found to recurse but the MTX_RECURSE bit was not set during the lock's initialization. The old MTX_RECURSE "state" bit (in mtx_lock) has been renamed to MTX_RECURSED, which is more appropriate given its meaning. The following locks have been made "recursive," thus far: eventhandler, Giant, callout, sched_lock, possibly some others declared in the architecture-specific code, all of the network card driver locks in pci/, as well as some other locks in dev/ stuff that I've found to be recursive. Reviewed by: jhb
2001-01-19 01:59:14 +00:00
Major update to the way synchronization is done in the kernel. Highlights include: * Mutual exclusion is used instead of spl*(). See mutex(9). (Note: The alpha port is still in transition and currently uses both.) * Per-CPU idle processes. * Interrupts are run in their own separate kernel threads and can be preempted (i386 only). Partially contributed by: BSDi (BSD/OS) Submissions by (at least): cp, dfr, dillon, grog, jake, jhb, sheldonh
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
return (w);
}
static int
Remove the mtx_t, witness_t, and witness_blessed_t types. Instead, just use struct mtx, struct witness, and struct witness_blessed. Requested by: bde
2000-09-14 20:15:16 +00:00
itismychild(struct witness *parent, struct witness *child)
Major update to the way synchronization is done in the kernel. Highlights include: * Mutual exclusion is used instead of spl*(). See mutex(9). (Note: The alpha port is still in transition and currently uses both.) * Per-CPU idle processes. * Interrupts are run in their own separate kernel threads and can be preempted (i386 only). Partially contributed by: BSDi (BSD/OS) Submissions by (at least): cp, dfr, dillon, grog, jake, jhb, sheldonh
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
{
static int recursed;
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
struct witness_child_list_entry **wcl;
struct witness_list *list;
MPASS(child != NULL && parent != NULL);
if ((parent->w_class->lc_flags & (LC_SLEEPLOCK | LC_SPINLOCK)) !=
(child->w_class->lc_flags & (LC_SLEEPLOCK | LC_SPINLOCK)))
panic(
"%s: parent (%s) and child (%s) are not the same lock type",
__func__, parent->w_class->lc_name,
child->w_class->lc_name);
Major update to the way synchronization is done in the kernel. Highlights include: * Mutual exclusion is used instead of spl*(). See mutex(9). (Note: The alpha port is still in transition and currently uses both.) * Per-CPU idle processes. * Interrupts are run in their own separate kernel threads and can be preempted (i386 only). Partially contributed by: BSDi (BSD/OS) Submissions by (at least): cp, dfr, dillon, grog, jake, jhb, sheldonh
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
/*
* Insert "child" after "parent"
*/
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
wcl = &parent->w_children;
while (*wcl != NULL && (*wcl)->wcl_count == WITNESS_NCHILDREN)
wcl = &(*wcl)->wcl_next;
Major update to the way synchronization is done in the kernel. Highlights include: * Mutual exclusion is used instead of spl*(). See mutex(9). (Note: The alpha port is still in transition and currently uses both.) * Per-CPU idle processes. * Interrupts are run in their own separate kernel threads and can be preempted (i386 only). Partially contributed by: BSDi (BSD/OS) Submissions by (at least): cp, dfr, dillon, grog, jake, jhb, sheldonh
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
if (*wcl == NULL) {
*wcl = witness_child_get();
if (*wcl == NULL)
Major update to the way synchronization is done in the kernel. Highlights include: * Mutual exclusion is used instead of spl*(). See mutex(9). (Note: The alpha port is still in transition and currently uses both.) * Per-CPU idle processes. * Interrupts are run in their own separate kernel threads and can be preempted (i386 only). Partially contributed by: BSDi (BSD/OS) Submissions by (at least): cp, dfr, dillon, grog, jake, jhb, sheldonh
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
return (1);
}
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
(*wcl)->wcl_children[(*wcl)->wcl_count++] = child;
Major update to the way synchronization is done in the kernel. Highlights include: * Mutual exclusion is used instead of spl*(). See mutex(9). (Note: The alpha port is still in transition and currently uses both.) * Per-CPU idle processes. * Interrupts are run in their own separate kernel threads and can be preempted (i386 only). Partially contributed by: BSDi (BSD/OS) Submissions by (at least): cp, dfr, dillon, grog, jake, jhb, sheldonh
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
/*
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
* Now prune whole tree. We look for cases where a lock is now
* both a descendant and a direct child of a given lock. In that
* case, we want to remove the direct child link from the tree.
Major update to the way synchronization is done in the kernel. Highlights include: * Mutual exclusion is used instead of spl*(). See mutex(9). (Note: The alpha port is still in transition and currently uses both.) * Per-CPU idle processes. * Interrupts are run in their own separate kernel threads and can be preempted (i386 only). Partially contributed by: BSDi (BSD/OS) Submissions by (at least): cp, dfr, dillon, grog, jake, jhb, sheldonh
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
*/
if (recursed)
return (0);
recursed = 1;
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
if (parent->w_class->lc_flags & LC_SLEEPLOCK)
list = &w_sleep;
else
list = &w_spin;
STAILQ_FOREACH(child, list, w_typelist) {
STAILQ_FOREACH(parent, list, w_typelist) {
Major update to the way synchronization is done in the kernel. Highlights include: * Mutual exclusion is used instead of spl*(). See mutex(9). (Note: The alpha port is still in transition and currently uses both.) * Per-CPU idle processes. * Interrupts are run in their own separate kernel threads and can be preempted (i386 only). Partially contributed by: BSDi (BSD/OS) Submissions by (at least): cp, dfr, dillon, grog, jake, jhb, sheldonh
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
if (!isitmychild(parent, child))
continue;
removechild(parent, child);
if (isitmydescendant(parent, child))
continue;
itismychild(parent, child);
}
}
recursed = 0;
witness_levelall();
return (0);
}
static void
Remove the mtx_t, witness_t, and witness_blessed_t types. Instead, just use struct mtx, struct witness, and struct witness_blessed. Requested by: bde
2000-09-14 20:15:16 +00:00
removechild(struct witness *parent, struct witness *child)
Major update to the way synchronization is done in the kernel. Highlights include: * Mutual exclusion is used instead of spl*(). See mutex(9). (Note: The alpha port is still in transition and currently uses both.) * Per-CPU idle processes. * Interrupts are run in their own separate kernel threads and can be preempted (i386 only). Partially contributed by: BSDi (BSD/OS) Submissions by (at least): cp, dfr, dillon, grog, jake, jhb, sheldonh
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
{
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
struct witness_child_list_entry **wcl, *wcl1;
Major update to the way synchronization is done in the kernel. Highlights include: * Mutual exclusion is used instead of spl*(). See mutex(9). (Note: The alpha port is still in transition and currently uses both.) * Per-CPU idle processes. * Interrupts are run in their own separate kernel threads and can be preempted (i386 only). Partially contributed by: BSDi (BSD/OS) Submissions by (at least): cp, dfr, dillon, grog, jake, jhb, sheldonh
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
int i;
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
for (wcl = &parent->w_children; *wcl != NULL; wcl = &(*wcl)->wcl_next)
for (i = 0; i < (*wcl)->wcl_count; i++)
if ((*wcl)->wcl_children[i] == child)
Major update to the way synchronization is done in the kernel. Highlights include: * Mutual exclusion is used instead of spl*(). See mutex(9). (Note: The alpha port is still in transition and currently uses both.) * Per-CPU idle processes. * Interrupts are run in their own separate kernel threads and can be preempted (i386 only). Partially contributed by: BSDi (BSD/OS) Submissions by (at least): cp, dfr, dillon, grog, jake, jhb, sheldonh
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
goto found;
return;
found:
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
(*wcl)->wcl_count--;
if ((*wcl)->wcl_count > i)
(*wcl)->wcl_children[i] =
(*wcl)->wcl_children[(*wcl)->wcl_count];
MPASS((*wcl)->wcl_children[i] != NULL);
Major update to the way synchronization is done in the kernel. Highlights include: * Mutual exclusion is used instead of spl*(). See mutex(9). (Note: The alpha port is still in transition and currently uses both.) * Per-CPU idle processes. * Interrupts are run in their own separate kernel threads and can be preempted (i386 only). Partially contributed by: BSDi (BSD/OS) Submissions by (at least): cp, dfr, dillon, grog, jake, jhb, sheldonh
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
if ((*wcl)->wcl_count != 0)
Major update to the way synchronization is done in the kernel. Highlights include: * Mutual exclusion is used instead of spl*(). See mutex(9). (Note: The alpha port is still in transition and currently uses both.) * Per-CPU idle processes. * Interrupts are run in their own separate kernel threads and can be preempted (i386 only). Partially contributed by: BSDi (BSD/OS) Submissions by (at least): cp, dfr, dillon, grog, jake, jhb, sheldonh
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
return;
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
wcl1 = *wcl;
*wcl = wcl1->wcl_next;
witness_child_free(wcl1);
Major update to the way synchronization is done in the kernel. Highlights include: * Mutual exclusion is used instead of spl*(). See mutex(9). (Note: The alpha port is still in transition and currently uses both.) * Per-CPU idle processes. * Interrupts are run in their own separate kernel threads and can be preempted (i386 only). Partially contributed by: BSDi (BSD/OS) Submissions by (at least): cp, dfr, dillon, grog, jake, jhb, sheldonh
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
}
static int
Remove the mtx_t, witness_t, and witness_blessed_t types. Instead, just use struct mtx, struct witness, and struct witness_blessed. Requested by: bde
2000-09-14 20:15:16 +00:00
isitmychild(struct witness *parent, struct witness *child)
Major update to the way synchronization is done in the kernel. Highlights include: * Mutual exclusion is used instead of spl*(). See mutex(9). (Note: The alpha port is still in transition and currently uses both.) * Per-CPU idle processes. * Interrupts are run in their own separate kernel threads and can be preempted (i386 only). Partially contributed by: BSDi (BSD/OS) Submissions by (at least): cp, dfr, dillon, grog, jake, jhb, sheldonh
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
{
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
struct witness_child_list_entry *wcl;
Major update to the way synchronization is done in the kernel. Highlights include: * Mutual exclusion is used instead of spl*(). See mutex(9). (Note: The alpha port is still in transition and currently uses both.) * Per-CPU idle processes. * Interrupts are run in their own separate kernel threads and can be preempted (i386 only). Partially contributed by: BSDi (BSD/OS) Submissions by (at least): cp, dfr, dillon, grog, jake, jhb, sheldonh
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
int i;
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
for (wcl = parent->w_children; wcl != NULL; wcl = wcl->wcl_next) {
for (i = 0; i < wcl->wcl_count; i++) {
if (wcl->wcl_children[i] == child)
Major update to the way synchronization is done in the kernel. Highlights include: * Mutual exclusion is used instead of spl*(). See mutex(9). (Note: The alpha port is still in transition and currently uses both.) * Per-CPU idle processes. * Interrupts are run in their own separate kernel threads and can be preempted (i386 only). Partially contributed by: BSDi (BSD/OS) Submissions by (at least): cp, dfr, dillon, grog, jake, jhb, sheldonh
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
return (1);
}
}
return (0);
}
static int
Remove the mtx_t, witness_t, and witness_blessed_t types. Instead, just use struct mtx, struct witness, and struct witness_blessed. Requested by: bde
2000-09-14 20:15:16 +00:00
isitmydescendant(struct witness *parent, struct witness *child)
Major update to the way synchronization is done in the kernel. Highlights include: * Mutual exclusion is used instead of spl*(). See mutex(9). (Note: The alpha port is still in transition and currently uses both.) * Per-CPU idle processes. * Interrupts are run in their own separate kernel threads and can be preempted (i386 only). Partially contributed by: BSDi (BSD/OS) Submissions by (at least): cp, dfr, dillon, grog, jake, jhb, sheldonh
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
{
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
struct witness_child_list_entry *wcl;
int i, j;
Major update to the way synchronization is done in the kernel. Highlights include: * Mutual exclusion is used instead of spl*(). See mutex(9). (Note: The alpha port is still in transition and currently uses both.) * Per-CPU idle processes. * Interrupts are run in their own separate kernel threads and can be preempted (i386 only). Partially contributed by: BSDi (BSD/OS) Submissions by (at least): cp, dfr, dillon, grog, jake, jhb, sheldonh
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
if (isitmychild(parent, child))
return (1);
j = 0;
for (wcl = parent->w_children; wcl != NULL; wcl = wcl->wcl_next) {
- Make the mutex code almost completely machine independent. This greatly reducues the maintenance load for the mutex code. The only MD portions of the mutex code are in machine/mutex.h now, which include the assembly macros for handling mutexes as well as optionally overriding the mutex micro-operations. For example, we use optimized micro-ops on the x86 platform #ifndef I386_CPU. - Change the behavior of the SMP_DEBUG kernel option. In the new code, mtx_assert() only depends on INVARIANTS, allowing other kernel developers to have working mutex assertiions without having to include all of the mutex debugging code. The SMP_DEBUG kernel option has been renamed to MUTEX_DEBUG and now just controls extra mutex debugging code. - Abolish the ugly mtx_f hack. Instead, we dynamically allocate seperate mtx_debug structures on the fly in mtx_init, except for mutexes that are initiated very early in the boot process. These mutexes are declared using a special MUTEX_DECLARE() macro, and use a new flag MTX_COLD when calling mtx_init. This is still somewhat hackish, but it is less evil than the mtx_f filler struct, and the mtx struct is now the same size with and without mutex debugging code. - Add some micro-micro-operation macros for doing the actual atomic operations on the mutex mtx_lock field to make it easier for other archs to override/optimize mutex ops if needed. These new tiny ops also clean up the code in some places by replacing long atomic operation function calls that spanned 2-3 lines with a short 1-line macro call. - Don't call mi_switch() from mtx_enter_hard() when we block while trying to obtain a sleep mutex. Calling mi_switch() would bogusly release Giant before switching to the next process. Instead, inline most of the code from mi_switch() in the mtx_enter_hard() function. Note that when we finally kill Giant we can back this out and go back to calling mi_switch().
2000-10-20 07:26:37 +00:00
MPASS(j < 1000);
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
for (i = 0; i < wcl->wcl_count; i++) {
if (isitmydescendant(wcl->wcl_children[i], child))
Major update to the way synchronization is done in the kernel. Highlights include: * Mutual exclusion is used instead of spl*(). See mutex(9). (Note: The alpha port is still in transition and currently uses both.) * Per-CPU idle processes. * Interrupts are run in their own separate kernel threads and can be preempted (i386 only). Partially contributed by: BSDi (BSD/OS) Submissions by (at least): cp, dfr, dillon, grog, jake, jhb, sheldonh
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
return (1);
}
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
j++;
Major update to the way synchronization is done in the kernel. Highlights include: * Mutual exclusion is used instead of spl*(). See mutex(9). (Note: The alpha port is still in transition and currently uses both.) * Per-CPU idle processes. * Interrupts are run in their own separate kernel threads and can be preempted (i386 only). Partially contributed by: BSDi (BSD/OS) Submissions by (at least): cp, dfr, dillon, grog, jake, jhb, sheldonh
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
}
return (0);
}
void
witness_levelall (void)
{
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
struct witness_list *list;
Remove the mtx_t, witness_t, and witness_blessed_t types. Instead, just use struct mtx, struct witness, and struct witness_blessed. Requested by: bde
2000-09-14 20:15:16 +00:00
struct witness *w, *w1;
Major update to the way synchronization is done in the kernel. Highlights include: * Mutual exclusion is used instead of spl*(). See mutex(9). (Note: The alpha port is still in transition and currently uses both.) * Per-CPU idle processes. * Interrupts are run in their own separate kernel threads and can be preempted (i386 only). Partially contributed by: BSDi (BSD/OS) Submissions by (at least): cp, dfr, dillon, grog, jake, jhb, sheldonh
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
/*
* First clear all levels.
*/
STAILQ_FOREACH(w, &w_all, w_list) {
w->w_level = 0;
}
/*
* Look for locks with no parent and level all their descendants.
*/
STAILQ_FOREACH(w, &w_all, w_list) {
/*
* This is just an optimization, technically we could get
* away just walking the all list each time.
*/
if (w->w_class->lc_flags & LC_SLEEPLOCK)
list = &w_sleep;
else
list = &w_spin;
STAILQ_FOREACH(w1, list, w_typelist) {
Major update to the way synchronization is done in the kernel. Highlights include: * Mutual exclusion is used instead of spl*(). See mutex(9). (Note: The alpha port is still in transition and currently uses both.) * Per-CPU idle processes. * Interrupts are run in their own separate kernel threads and can be preempted (i386 only). Partially contributed by: BSDi (BSD/OS) Submissions by (at least): cp, dfr, dillon, grog, jake, jhb, sheldonh
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
if (isitmychild(w1, w))
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
goto skip;
Major update to the way synchronization is done in the kernel. Highlights include: * Mutual exclusion is used instead of spl*(). See mutex(9). (Note: The alpha port is still in transition and currently uses both.) * Per-CPU idle processes. * Interrupts are run in their own separate kernel threads and can be preempted (i386 only). Partially contributed by: BSDi (BSD/OS) Submissions by (at least): cp, dfr, dillon, grog, jake, jhb, sheldonh
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
}
witness_leveldescendents(w, 0);
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
skip:
Major update to the way synchronization is done in the kernel. Highlights include: * Mutual exclusion is used instead of spl*(). See mutex(9). (Note: The alpha port is still in transition and currently uses both.) * Per-CPU idle processes. * Interrupts are run in their own separate kernel threads and can be preempted (i386 only). Partially contributed by: BSDi (BSD/OS) Submissions by (at least): cp, dfr, dillon, grog, jake, jhb, sheldonh
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
}
}
static void
Remove the mtx_t, witness_t, and witness_blessed_t types. Instead, just use struct mtx, struct witness, and struct witness_blessed. Requested by: bde
2000-09-14 20:15:16 +00:00
witness_leveldescendents(struct witness *parent, int level)
Major update to the way synchronization is done in the kernel. Highlights include: * Mutual exclusion is used instead of spl*(). See mutex(9). (Note: The alpha port is still in transition and currently uses both.) * Per-CPU idle processes. * Interrupts are run in their own separate kernel threads and can be preempted (i386 only). Partially contributed by: BSDi (BSD/OS) Submissions by (at least): cp, dfr, dillon, grog, jake, jhb, sheldonh
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
{
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
struct witness_child_list_entry *wcl;
Major update to the way synchronization is done in the kernel. Highlights include: * Mutual exclusion is used instead of spl*(). See mutex(9). (Note: The alpha port is still in transition and currently uses both.) * Per-CPU idle processes. * Interrupts are run in their own separate kernel threads and can be preempted (i386 only). Partially contributed by: BSDi (BSD/OS) Submissions by (at least): cp, dfr, dillon, grog, jake, jhb, sheldonh
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
int i;
if (parent->w_level < level)
parent->w_level = level;
level++;
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
for (wcl = parent->w_children; wcl != NULL; wcl = wcl->wcl_next)
for (i = 0; i < wcl->wcl_count; i++)
witness_leveldescendents(wcl->wcl_children[i], level);
Major update to the way synchronization is done in the kernel. Highlights include: * Mutual exclusion is used instead of spl*(). See mutex(9). (Note: The alpha port is still in transition and currently uses both.) * Per-CPU idle processes. * Interrupts are run in their own separate kernel threads and can be preempted (i386 only). Partially contributed by: BSDi (BSD/OS) Submissions by (at least): cp, dfr, dillon, grog, jake, jhb, sheldonh
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
}
static void
Remove the mtx_t, witness_t, and witness_blessed_t types. Instead, just use struct mtx, struct witness, and struct witness_blessed. Requested by: bde
2000-09-14 20:15:16 +00:00
witness_displaydescendants(void(*prnt)(const char *fmt, ...),
struct witness *parent)
Major update to the way synchronization is done in the kernel. Highlights include: * Mutual exclusion is used instead of spl*(). See mutex(9). (Note: The alpha port is still in transition and currently uses both.) * Per-CPU idle processes. * Interrupts are run in their own separate kernel threads and can be preempted (i386 only). Partially contributed by: BSDi (BSD/OS) Submissions by (at least): cp, dfr, dillon, grog, jake, jhb, sheldonh
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
{
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
struct witness_child_list_entry *wcl;
int i, level;
- Change the 'witness_list' ddb command to 'show mutexes'. Note that this will only display sleep mutexes held by the current process. - Clean up some nits in the witness_display() function and add a ddb command 'show witness' that dumps the hierarchy and order lists to the console. - Use queue(3) macros where appropriate. - Resort the spin lock order list so that "com" is before "sched_lock". Also, add appropriate #ifdef's around SMP and i386-specific mutexes. - Add two new mutexes used to protect the ithread lists and tables to the order list. Requested by: bde (1)
2001-02-09 15:19:41 +00:00
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
level = parent->w_level;
Major update to the way synchronization is done in the kernel. Highlights include: * Mutual exclusion is used instead of spl*(). See mutex(9). (Note: The alpha port is still in transition and currently uses both.) * Per-CPU idle processes. * Interrupts are run in their own separate kernel threads and can be preempted (i386 only). Partially contributed by: BSDi (BSD/OS) Submissions by (at least): cp, dfr, dillon, grog, jake, jhb, sheldonh
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
prnt("%-2d", level);
Major update to the way synchronization is done in the kernel. Highlights include: * Mutual exclusion is used instead of spl*(). See mutex(9). (Note: The alpha port is still in transition and currently uses both.) * Per-CPU idle processes. * Interrupts are run in their own separate kernel threads and can be preempted (i386 only). Partially contributed by: BSDi (BSD/OS) Submissions by (at least): cp, dfr, dillon, grog, jake, jhb, sheldonh
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
for (i = 0; i < level; i++)
prnt(" ");
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
prnt("%s", parent->w_name);
- Change the 'witness_list' ddb command to 'show mutexes'. Note that this will only display sleep mutexes held by the current process. - Clean up some nits in the witness_display() function and add a ddb command 'show witness' that dumps the hierarchy and order lists to the console. - Use queue(3) macros where appropriate. - Resort the spin lock order list so that "com" is before "sched_lock". Also, add appropriate #ifdef's around SMP and i386-specific mutexes. - Add two new mutexes used to protect the ithread lists and tables to the order list. Requested by: bde (1)
2001-02-09 15:19:41 +00:00
if (parent->w_file != NULL)
prnt(" -- last acquired @ %s:%d\n", parent->w_file,
parent->w_line);
Major update to the way synchronization is done in the kernel. Highlights include: * Mutual exclusion is used instead of spl*(). See mutex(9). (Note: The alpha port is still in transition and currently uses both.) * Per-CPU idle processes. * Interrupts are run in their own separate kernel threads and can be preempted (i386 only). Partially contributed by: BSDi (BSD/OS) Submissions by (at least): cp, dfr, dillon, grog, jake, jhb, sheldonh
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
for (wcl = parent->w_children; wcl != NULL; wcl = wcl->wcl_next)
for (i = 0; i < wcl->wcl_count; i++)
witness_displaydescendants(prnt,
wcl->wcl_children[i]);
}
Major update to the way synchronization is done in the kernel. Highlights include: * Mutual exclusion is used instead of spl*(). See mutex(9). (Note: The alpha port is still in transition and currently uses both.) * Per-CPU idle processes. * Interrupts are run in their own separate kernel threads and can be preempted (i386 only). Partially contributed by: BSDi (BSD/OS) Submissions by (at least): cp, dfr, dillon, grog, jake, jhb, sheldonh
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
static int
Remove the mtx_t, witness_t, and witness_blessed_t types. Instead, just use struct mtx, struct witness, and struct witness_blessed. Requested by: bde
2000-09-14 20:15:16 +00:00
dup_ok(struct witness *w)
Major update to the way synchronization is done in the kernel. Highlights include: * Mutual exclusion is used instead of spl*(). See mutex(9). (Note: The alpha port is still in transition and currently uses both.) * Per-CPU idle processes. * Interrupts are run in their own separate kernel threads and can be preempted (i386 only). Partially contributed by: BSDi (BSD/OS) Submissions by (at least): cp, dfr, dillon, grog, jake, jhb, sheldonh
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
{
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
const char **dup;
Major update to the way synchronization is done in the kernel. Highlights include: * Mutual exclusion is used instead of spl*(). See mutex(9). (Note: The alpha port is still in transition and currently uses both.) * Per-CPU idle processes. * Interrupts are run in their own separate kernel threads and can be preempted (i386 only). Partially contributed by: BSDi (BSD/OS) Submissions by (at least): cp, dfr, dillon, grog, jake, jhb, sheldonh
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
for (dup = dup_list; *dup != NULL; dup++)
if (strcmp(w->w_name, *dup) == 0)
Major update to the way synchronization is done in the kernel. Highlights include: * Mutual exclusion is used instead of spl*(). See mutex(9). (Note: The alpha port is still in transition and currently uses both.) * Per-CPU idle processes. * Interrupts are run in their own separate kernel threads and can be preempted (i386 only). Partially contributed by: BSDi (BSD/OS) Submissions by (at least): cp, dfr, dillon, grog, jake, jhb, sheldonh
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
return (1);
return (0);
}
static int
Remove the mtx_t, witness_t, and witness_blessed_t types. Instead, just use struct mtx, struct witness, and struct witness_blessed. Requested by: bde
2000-09-14 20:15:16 +00:00
blessed(struct witness *w1, struct witness *w2)
Major update to the way synchronization is done in the kernel. Highlights include: * Mutual exclusion is used instead of spl*(). See mutex(9). (Note: The alpha port is still in transition and currently uses both.) * Per-CPU idle processes. * Interrupts are run in their own separate kernel threads and can be preempted (i386 only). Partially contributed by: BSDi (BSD/OS) Submissions by (at least): cp, dfr, dillon, grog, jake, jhb, sheldonh
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
{
int i;
Remove the mtx_t, witness_t, and witness_blessed_t types. Instead, just use struct mtx, struct witness, and struct witness_blessed. Requested by: bde
2000-09-14 20:15:16 +00:00
struct witness_blessed *b;
Major update to the way synchronization is done in the kernel. Highlights include: * Mutual exclusion is used instead of spl*(). See mutex(9). (Note: The alpha port is still in transition and currently uses both.) * Per-CPU idle processes. * Interrupts are run in their own separate kernel threads and can be preempted (i386 only). Partially contributed by: BSDi (BSD/OS) Submissions by (at least): cp, dfr, dillon, grog, jake, jhb, sheldonh
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
for (i = 0; i < blessed_count; i++) {
b = &blessed_list[i];
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
if (strcmp(w1->w_name, b->b_lock1) == 0) {
if (strcmp(w2->w_name, b->b_lock2) == 0)
Major update to the way synchronization is done in the kernel. Highlights include: * Mutual exclusion is used instead of spl*(). See mutex(9). (Note: The alpha port is still in transition and currently uses both.) * Per-CPU idle processes. * Interrupts are run in their own separate kernel threads and can be preempted (i386 only). Partially contributed by: BSDi (BSD/OS) Submissions by (at least): cp, dfr, dillon, grog, jake, jhb, sheldonh
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
return (1);
continue;
}
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
if (strcmp(w1->w_name, b->b_lock2) == 0)
if (strcmp(w2->w_name, b->b_lock1) == 0)
Major update to the way synchronization is done in the kernel. Highlights include: * Mutual exclusion is used instead of spl*(). See mutex(9). (Note: The alpha port is still in transition and currently uses both.) * Per-CPU idle processes. * Interrupts are run in their own separate kernel threads and can be preempted (i386 only). Partially contributed by: BSDi (BSD/OS) Submissions by (at least): cp, dfr, dillon, grog, jake, jhb, sheldonh
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
return (1);
}
return (0);
}
Remove the mtx_t, witness_t, and witness_blessed_t types. Instead, just use struct mtx, struct witness, and struct witness_blessed. Requested by: bde
2000-09-14 20:15:16 +00:00
static struct witness *
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
witness_get(void)
Major update to the way synchronization is done in the kernel. Highlights include: * Mutual exclusion is used instead of spl*(). See mutex(9). (Note: The alpha port is still in transition and currently uses both.) * Per-CPU idle processes. * Interrupts are run in their own separate kernel threads and can be preempted (i386 only). Partially contributed by: BSDi (BSD/OS) Submissions by (at least): cp, dfr, dillon, grog, jake, jhb, sheldonh
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
{
Remove the mtx_t, witness_t, and witness_blessed_t types. Instead, just use struct mtx, struct witness, and struct witness_blessed. Requested by: bde
2000-09-14 20:15:16 +00:00
struct witness *w;
Major update to the way synchronization is done in the kernel. Highlights include: * Mutual exclusion is used instead of spl*(). See mutex(9). (Note: The alpha port is still in transition and currently uses both.) * Per-CPU idle processes. * Interrupts are run in their own separate kernel threads and can be preempted (i386 only). Partially contributed by: BSDi (BSD/OS) Submissions by (at least): cp, dfr, dillon, grog, jake, jhb, sheldonh
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
if (STAILQ_EMPTY(&w_free)) {
Major update to the way synchronization is done in the kernel. Highlights include: * Mutual exclusion is used instead of spl*(). See mutex(9). (Note: The alpha port is still in transition and currently uses both.) * Per-CPU idle processes. * Interrupts are run in their own separate kernel threads and can be preempted (i386 only). Partially contributed by: BSDi (BSD/OS) Submissions by (at least): cp, dfr, dillon, grog, jake, jhb, sheldonh
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
witness_dead = 1;
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
mtx_unlock_spin(&w_mtx);
printf("%s: witness exhausted\n", __func__);
Major update to the way synchronization is done in the kernel. Highlights include: * Mutual exclusion is used instead of spl*(). See mutex(9). (Note: The alpha port is still in transition and currently uses both.) * Per-CPU idle processes. * Interrupts are run in their own separate kernel threads and can be preempted (i386 only). Partially contributed by: BSDi (BSD/OS) Submissions by (at least): cp, dfr, dillon, grog, jake, jhb, sheldonh
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
return (NULL);
}
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
w = STAILQ_FIRST(&w_free);
STAILQ_REMOVE_HEAD(&w_free, w_list);
Remove the mtx_t, witness_t, and witness_blessed_t types. Instead, just use struct mtx, struct witness, and struct witness_blessed. Requested by: bde
2000-09-14 20:15:16 +00:00
bzero(w, sizeof(*w));
Major update to the way synchronization is done in the kernel. Highlights include: * Mutual exclusion is used instead of spl*(). See mutex(9). (Note: The alpha port is still in transition and currently uses both.) * Per-CPU idle processes. * Interrupts are run in their own separate kernel threads and can be preempted (i386 only). Partially contributed by: BSDi (BSD/OS) Submissions by (at least): cp, dfr, dillon, grog, jake, jhb, sheldonh
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
return (w);
}
static void
Remove the mtx_t, witness_t, and witness_blessed_t types. Instead, just use struct mtx, struct witness, and struct witness_blessed. Requested by: bde
2000-09-14 20:15:16 +00:00
witness_free(struct witness *w)
Major update to the way synchronization is done in the kernel. Highlights include: * Mutual exclusion is used instead of spl*(). See mutex(9). (Note: The alpha port is still in transition and currently uses both.) * Per-CPU idle processes. * Interrupts are run in their own separate kernel threads and can be preempted (i386 only). Partially contributed by: BSDi (BSD/OS) Submissions by (at least): cp, dfr, dillon, grog, jake, jhb, sheldonh
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
{
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
STAILQ_INSERT_HEAD(&w_free, w, w_list);
Major update to the way synchronization is done in the kernel. Highlights include: * Mutual exclusion is used instead of spl*(). See mutex(9). (Note: The alpha port is still in transition and currently uses both.) * Per-CPU idle processes. * Interrupts are run in their own separate kernel threads and can be preempted (i386 only). Partially contributed by: BSDi (BSD/OS) Submissions by (at least): cp, dfr, dillon, grog, jake, jhb, sheldonh
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
}
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
static struct witness_child_list_entry *
witness_child_get(void)
Major update to the way synchronization is done in the kernel. Highlights include: * Mutual exclusion is used instead of spl*(). See mutex(9). (Note: The alpha port is still in transition and currently uses both.) * Per-CPU idle processes. * Interrupts are run in their own separate kernel threads and can be preempted (i386 only). Partially contributed by: BSDi (BSD/OS) Submissions by (at least): cp, dfr, dillon, grog, jake, jhb, sheldonh
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
{
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
struct witness_child_list_entry *wcl;
Major update to the way synchronization is done in the kernel. Highlights include: * Mutual exclusion is used instead of spl*(). See mutex(9). (Note: The alpha port is still in transition and currently uses both.) * Per-CPU idle processes. * Interrupts are run in their own separate kernel threads and can be preempted (i386 only). Partially contributed by: BSDi (BSD/OS) Submissions by (at least): cp, dfr, dillon, grog, jake, jhb, sheldonh
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
wcl = w_child_free;
if (wcl == NULL) {
witness_dead = 1;
mtx_unlock_spin(&w_mtx);
printf("%s: witness exhausted\n", __func__);
return (NULL);
Major update to the way synchronization is done in the kernel. Highlights include: * Mutual exclusion is used instead of spl*(). See mutex(9). (Note: The alpha port is still in transition and currently uses both.) * Per-CPU idle processes. * Interrupts are run in their own separate kernel threads and can be preempted (i386 only). Partially contributed by: BSDi (BSD/OS) Submissions by (at least): cp, dfr, dillon, grog, jake, jhb, sheldonh
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
}
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
w_child_free = wcl->wcl_next;
bzero(wcl, sizeof(*wcl));
return (wcl);
}
- Add code to detect if a system call returns with locks other than Giant held and panic if so (conditional on witness). - Change witness_list to return the number of locks held so this is easier. - Add kern/syscalls.c to the kernel build if witness is defined so that the panic message can contain the name of the offending system call. - Add assertions that Giant and sched_lock are not held when returning from a system call, which were missing for alpha and ia64.
2000-12-12 01:14:32 +00:00
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
static void
witness_child_free(struct witness_child_list_entry *wcl)
{
wcl->wcl_next = w_child_free;
w_child_free = wcl;
Major update to the way synchronization is done in the kernel. Highlights include: * Mutual exclusion is used instead of spl*(). See mutex(9). (Note: The alpha port is still in transition and currently uses both.) * Per-CPU idle processes. * Interrupts are run in their own separate kernel threads and can be preempted (i386 only). Partially contributed by: BSDi (BSD/OS) Submissions by (at least): cp, dfr, dillon, grog, jake, jhb, sheldonh
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
}
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
static struct lock_list_entry *
witness_lock_list_get(void)
{
struct lock_list_entry *lle;
Add a new ddb command 'witness_list' that lists the mutexes held by curproc. Requested by: peter
2001-01-27 07:51:34 +00:00
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
mtx_lock_spin(&w_mtx);
lle = w_lock_list_free;
if (lle == NULL) {
witness_dead = 1;
mtx_unlock_spin(&w_mtx);
printf("%s: witness exhausted\n", __func__);
return (NULL);
}
w_lock_list_free = lle->ll_next;
mtx_unlock_spin(&w_mtx);
bzero(lle, sizeof(*lle));
return (lle);
}
static void
witness_lock_list_free(struct lock_list_entry *lle)
Add a new ddb command 'witness_list' that lists the mutexes held by curproc. Requested by: peter
2001-01-27 07:51:34 +00:00
{
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
mtx_lock_spin(&w_mtx);
lle->ll_next = w_lock_list_free;
w_lock_list_free = lle;
mtx_unlock_spin(&w_mtx);
Add a new ddb command 'witness_list' that lists the mutexes held by curproc. Requested by: peter
2001-01-27 07:51:34 +00:00
}
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
int
- Split out the functionality of displaying the contents of a single lock list into a public witness_list_locks() function. Call this function twice in witness_list() instead of using an evil goto. - Adjust the 'show locks' command to take an optional parameter which specifies the pid of a process to list the locks of. By default the locks held by the current process are displayed.
2001-04-06 21:37:52 +00:00
witness_list_locks(struct lock_list_entry **lock_list)
- Change the 'witness_list' ddb command to 'show mutexes'. Note that this will only display sleep mutexes held by the current process. - Clean up some nits in the witness_display() function and add a ddb command 'show witness' that dumps the hierarchy and order lists to the console. - Use queue(3) macros where appropriate. - Resort the spin lock order list so that "com" is before "sched_lock". Also, add appropriate #ifdef's around SMP and i386-specific mutexes. - Add two new mutexes used to protect the ithread lists and tables to the order list. Requested by: bde (1)
2001-02-09 15:19:41 +00:00
{
- Split out the functionality of displaying the contents of a single lock list into a public witness_list_locks() function. Call this function twice in witness_list() instead of using an evil goto. - Adjust the 'show locks' command to take an optional parameter which specifies the pid of a process to list the locks of. By default the locks held by the current process are displayed.
2001-04-06 21:37:52 +00:00
struct lock_list_entry *lle;
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
struct lock_object *lock;
int i, nheld;
nheld = 0;
for (lle = *lock_list; lle != NULL; lle = lle->ll_next)
for (i = lle->ll_count - 1; i >= 0; i--) {
lock = lle->ll_children[i];
printf("\t(%s) %s (%p) locked at %s:%d\n",
lock->lo_class->lc_name, lock->lo_name, lock,
lock->lo_file, lock->lo_line);
nheld++;
}
- Split out the functionality of displaying the contents of a single lock list into a public witness_list_locks() function. Call this function twice in witness_list() instead of using an evil goto. - Adjust the 'show locks' command to take an optional parameter which specifies the pid of a process to list the locks of. By default the locks held by the current process are displayed.
2001-04-06 21:37:52 +00:00
return (nheld);
}
/*
* Calling this on p != curproc is bad unless we are in ddb.
*/
int
witness_list(struct proc *p)
{
critical_t savecrit;
int nheld;
KASSERT(p == curproc || db_active,
("%s: p != curproc and we aren't in the debugger", __func__));
KASSERT(!witness_cold, ("%s: witness_cold", __func__));
nheld = witness_list_locks(&p->p_sleeplocks);
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
/*
* We only handle spinlocks if p == curproc. This is somewhat broken
* if p is currently executing on some other CPU and holds spin locks
- Split out the functionality of displaying the contents of a single lock list into a public witness_list_locks() function. Call this function twice in witness_list() instead of using an evil goto. - Adjust the 'show locks' command to take an optional parameter which specifies the pid of a process to list the locks of. By default the locks held by the current process are displayed.
2001-04-06 21:37:52 +00:00
* as we won't display those locks. If we had a MI way of getting
* the per-cpu data for a given cpu then we could use p->p_oncpu to
* get the list of spinlocks for this process and "fix" this.
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
*/
- Split out the functionality of displaying the contents of a single lock list into a public witness_list_locks() function. Call this function twice in witness_list() instead of using an evil goto. - Adjust the 'show locks' command to take an optional parameter which specifies the pid of a process to list the locks of. By default the locks held by the current process are displayed.
2001-04-06 21:37:52 +00:00
if (p == curproc) {
/*
* Preemption bad because we need PCPU_PTR(spinlocks) to not
* change.
*/
savecrit = critical_enter();
nheld += witness_list_locks(PCPU_PTR(spinlocks));
critical_exit(savecrit);
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
}
- Change the 'witness_list' ddb command to 'show mutexes'. Note that this will only display sleep mutexes held by the current process. - Clean up some nits in the witness_display() function and add a ddb command 'show witness' that dumps the hierarchy and order lists to the console. - Use queue(3) macros where appropriate. - Resort the spin lock order list so that "com" is before "sched_lock". Also, add appropriate #ifdef's around SMP and i386-specific mutexes. - Add two new mutexes used to protect the ithread lists and tables to the order list. Requested by: bde (1)
2001-02-09 15:19:41 +00:00
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
return (nheld);
- Change the 'witness_list' ddb command to 'show mutexes'. Note that this will only display sleep mutexes held by the current process. - Clean up some nits in the witness_display() function and add a ddb command 'show witness' that dumps the hierarchy and order lists to the console. - Use queue(3) macros where appropriate. - Resort the spin lock order list so that "com" is before "sched_lock". Also, add appropriate #ifdef's around SMP and i386-specific mutexes. - Add two new mutexes used to protect the ithread lists and tables to the order list. Requested by: bde (1)
2001-02-09 15:19:41 +00:00
}
Add a new ddb command 'witness_list' that lists the mutexes held by curproc. Requested by: peter
2001-01-27 07:51:34 +00:00
Major update to the way synchronization is done in the kernel. Highlights include: * Mutual exclusion is used instead of spl*(). See mutex(9). (Note: The alpha port is still in transition and currently uses both.) * Per-CPU idle processes. * Interrupts are run in their own separate kernel threads and can be preempted (i386 only). Partially contributed by: BSDi (BSD/OS) Submissions by (at least): cp, dfr, dillon, grog, jake, jhb, sheldonh
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
void
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
witness_save(struct lock_object *lock, const char **filep, int *linep)
Major update to the way synchronization is done in the kernel. Highlights include: * Mutual exclusion is used instead of spl*(). See mutex(9). (Note: The alpha port is still in transition and currently uses both.) * Per-CPU idle processes. * Interrupts are run in their own separate kernel threads and can be preempted (i386 only). Partially contributed by: BSDi (BSD/OS) Submissions by (at least): cp, dfr, dillon, grog, jake, jhb, sheldonh
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
{
Remove MUTEX_DECLARE() and MTX_COLD. Instead, postpone full mutex initialization until after malloc() is safe to call, then iterate through all mutexes and complete their initialization. This change is necessary in order to avoid some circular bootstrapping dependencies.
2001-01-21 07:52:20 +00:00
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
KASSERT(!witness_cold, ("%s: witness_cold\n", __func__));
if (lock->lo_witness == NULL)
Move most of sys/mutex.h into kern/kern_mutex.c, thereby making the mutex inline functions non-inlined. Hide parts of the mutex implementation that should not be exposed. Make sure that WITNESS code is not executed during boot until the mutexes are fully initialized by SI_SUB_MUTEX (the original motivation for this commit). Submitted by: peter
2001-01-21 22:34:43 +00:00
return;
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
*filep = lock->lo_file;
*linep = lock->lo_line;
Major update to the way synchronization is done in the kernel. Highlights include: * Mutual exclusion is used instead of spl*(). See mutex(9). (Note: The alpha port is still in transition and currently uses both.) * Per-CPU idle processes. * Interrupts are run in their own separate kernel threads and can be preempted (i386 only). Partially contributed by: BSDi (BSD/OS) Submissions by (at least): cp, dfr, dillon, grog, jake, jhb, sheldonh
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
}
void
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
witness_restore(struct lock_object *lock, const char *file, int line)
Major update to the way synchronization is done in the kernel. Highlights include: * Mutual exclusion is used instead of spl*(). See mutex(9). (Note: The alpha port is still in transition and currently uses both.) * Per-CPU idle processes. * Interrupts are run in their own separate kernel threads and can be preempted (i386 only). Partially contributed by: BSDi (BSD/OS) Submissions by (at least): cp, dfr, dillon, grog, jake, jhb, sheldonh
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
{
Remove MUTEX_DECLARE() and MTX_COLD. Instead, postpone full mutex initialization until after malloc() is safe to call, then iterate through all mutexes and complete their initialization. This change is necessary in order to avoid some circular bootstrapping dependencies.
2001-01-21 07:52:20 +00:00
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
KASSERT(!witness_cold, ("%s: witness_cold\n", __func__));
if (lock->lo_witness == NULL)
Move most of sys/mutex.h into kern/kern_mutex.c, thereby making the mutex inline functions non-inlined. Hide parts of the mutex implementation that should not be exposed. Make sure that WITNESS code is not executed during boot until the mutexes are fully initialized by SI_SUB_MUTEX (the original motivation for this commit). Submitted by: peter
2001-01-21 22:34:43 +00:00
return;
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
lock->lo_witness->w_file = file;
lock->lo_witness->w_line = line;
lock->lo_file = file;
lock->lo_line = line;
}
#ifdef DDB
- s/mutexes/locks/g in appropriate comments. - Rename the 'show mutexes' ddb command to 'show locks' since it shows a list of all the lock objects held by the current process.
2001-03-28 12:39:40 +00:00
DB_SHOW_COMMAND(locks, db_witness_list)
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
{
- Split out the functionality of displaying the contents of a single lock list into a public witness_list_locks() function. Call this function twice in witness_list() instead of using an evil goto. - Adjust the 'show locks' command to take an optional parameter which specifies the pid of a process to list the locks of. By default the locks held by the current process are displayed.
2001-04-06 21:37:52 +00:00
struct proc *p;
pid_t pid;
if (have_addr) {
pid = (addr % 16) + ((addr >> 4) % 16) * 10 +
((addr >> 8) % 16) * 100 + ((addr >> 12) % 16) * 1000 +
((addr >> 16) % 16) * 10000;
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
- Split out the functionality of displaying the contents of a single lock list into a public witness_list_locks() function. Call this function twice in witness_list() instead of using an evil goto. - Adjust the 'show locks' command to take an optional parameter which specifies the pid of a process to list the locks of. By default the locks held by the current process are displayed.
2001-04-06 21:37:52 +00:00
/* sx_slock(&allproc_lock); */
LIST_FOREACH(p, &allproc, p_list) {
if (p->p_pid == pid)
break;
}
/* sx_sunlock(&allproc_lock); */
if (p == NULL) {
db_printf("pid %d not found\n", pid);
return;
}
} else
p = curproc;
witness_list(p);
Major update to the way synchronization is done in the kernel. Highlights include: * Mutual exclusion is used instead of spl*(). See mutex(9). (Note: The alpha port is still in transition and currently uses both.) * Per-CPU idle processes. * Interrupts are run in their own separate kernel threads and can be preempted (i386 only). Partially contributed by: BSDi (BSD/OS) Submissions by (at least): cp, dfr, dillon, grog, jake, jhb, sheldonh
2000-09-07 01:33:02 +00:00
}
Rework the witness code to work with sx locks as well as mutexes. - Introduce lock classes and lock objects. Each lock class specifies a name and set of flags (or properties) shared by all locks of a given type. Currently there are three lock classes: spin mutexes, sleep mutexes, and sx locks. A lock object specifies properties of an additional lock along with a lock name and all of the extra stuff needed to make witness work with a given lock. This abstract lock stuff is defined in sys/lock.h. The lockmgr constants, types, and prototypes have been moved to sys/lockmgr.h. For temporary backwards compatability, sys/lock.h includes sys/lockmgr.h. - Replace proc->p_spinlocks with a per-CPU list, PCPU(spinlocks), of spin locks held. By making this per-cpu, we do not have to jump through magic hoops to deal with sched_lock changing ownership during context switches. - Replace proc->p_heldmtx, formerly a list of held sleep mutexes, with proc->p_sleeplocks, which is a list of held sleep locks including sleep mutexes and sx locks. - Add helper macros for logging lock events via the KTR_LOCK KTR logging level so that the log messages are consistent. - Add some new flags that can be passed to mtx_init(): - MTX_NOWITNESS - specifies that this lock should be ignored by witness. This is used for the mutex that blocks a sx lock for example. - MTX_QUIET - this is not new, but you can pass this to mtx_init() now and no events will be logged for this lock, so that one doesn't have to change all the individual mtx_lock/unlock() operations. - All lock objects maintain an initialized flag. Use this flag to export a mtx_initialized() macro that can be safely called from drivers. Also, we on longer walk the all_mtx list if MUTEX_DEBUG is defined as witness performs the corresponding checks using the initialized flag. - The lock order reversal messages have been improved to output slightly more accurate file and line numbers.
2001-03-28 09:03:24 +00:00
DB_SHOW_COMMAND(witness, db_witness_display)
{
witness_display(db_printf);
}
#endif
Reference in New Issue Copy Permalink